ETH Price: $2,417.17 (+7.57%)

Transaction Decoder

Block:
19221735 at Feb-13-2024 09:24:35 PM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.007549186096017033 ETH $18.25
Gas Used:
222,703 Gas / 33.897999111 Gwei

Emitted Events:

70 GPv2Settlement.Trade( owner=0xe4a7ee658D55A32E112a472c42bAEa7085F234fD, sellToken=SimpleToken, buyToken=0xEeeeeEee...eeeeeEEeE, sellAmount=16631501862838648682289, buyAmount=9594414923137912373, feeAmount=0, orderUid=0xFFCF8CF2EF022922AF4F2996615C7CC8C774186020F72F702B39168FB68E5693E4A7EE658D55A32E112A472C42BAEA7085F234FD65CBE4DB )
71 SimpleToken.Transfer( from=0xe4a7ee658D55A32E112a472c42bAEa7085F234fD, to=[Receiver] GPv2Settlement, value=16631501862838648682289 )
72 SimpleToken.Approval( owner=0xe4a7ee658D55A32E112a472c42bAEa7085F234fD, spender=GPv2VaultRelayer, value=0 )
73 WETH9.Transfer( src=0x51C72848c68a965f66FA7a88855F9f7784502a7F, dst=[Receiver] GPv2Settlement, wad=9594414923137927431 )
74 SimpleToken.Transfer( from=[Receiver] GPv2Settlement, to=0x51C72848c68a965f66FA7a88855F9f7784502a7F, value=16617616275964978845489 )
75 SimpleToken.Approval( owner=[Receiver] GPv2Settlement, spender=BebopSettlement, value=115792089237316195423570985008687907853269984665640560638409460444121151797945 )
76 BebopSettlement.AggregateOrderExecuted( order_hash=15E4CFD4A643A2E0194E5A6CC4AEED7C55B31B56811488841CD886E6F7D251D4 )
77 GPv2Settlement.Interaction( target=BebopSettlement, value=0, selector=System.Byte[] )
78 WETH9.Withdrawal( src=[Receiver] GPv2Settlement, wad=9594414923137912373 )
79 GPv2Settlement.Interaction( target=[Receiver] WETH9, value=0, selector=System.Byte[] )
80 GPv2Settlement.Settlement( solver=[Sender] 0x4fc4a61a3b99a1ad4a61b03f3752ca12b4a17646 )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
0x4d224452...b5D594381
0x4FC4a61a...2B4A17646
11.89933494543878467 Eth
Nonce: 4915
11.891785759342767637 Eth
Nonce: 4916
0.007549186096017033
0x9008D19f...10560ab41
(CoW Protocol: GPv2Settlement)
(beaverbuild)
11.211047686936306971 Eth11.211768117901836324 Eth0.000720430965529353
0xBeB09000...3EAa501A5
(Bebop: Settlement)
0xC02aaA39...83C756Cc2 3,202,191.310657372117259283 Eth3,202,181.71624244897934691 Eth9.594414923137912373
0xe4a7ee65...085F234fD 0.08324757257573799 Eth9.677662495713650363 Eth9.594414923137912373

Execution Trace

GPv2Settlement.13d79a0b( )
  • EIP173Proxy.02cc250d( )
    • GPv2AllowListAuthentication.isSolver( prospectiveSolver=0x4FC4a61a3b99A1ad4A61b03f3752CA12B4A17646 ) => ( True )
    • Null: 0x000...001.ffcf8cf2( )
    • GPv2VaultRelayer.transferFromAccounts( transfers= )
      • SimpleToken.transferFrom( sender=0xe4a7ee658D55A32E112a472c42bAEa7085F234fD, recipient=0x9008D19f58AAbD9eD0D60971565AA8510560ab41, amount=16631501862838648682289 ) => ( True )
      • BebopSettlement.SettleAggregateOrder( order=[{name:expiry, type:uint256, order:1, indexed:false, value:1707859546, valueString:1707859546}, {name:taker_address, type:address, order:2, indexed:false, value:0x9008D19f58AAbD9eD0D60971565AA8510560ab41, valueString:0x9008D19f58AAbD9eD0D60971565AA8510560ab41}, {name:maker_addresses, type:address[], order:3, indexed:false, value:[0x51C72848c68a965f66FA7a88855F9f7784502a7F], valueString:[0x51C72848c68a965f66FA7a88855F9f7784502a7F]}, {name:maker_nonces, type:uint256[], order:4, indexed:false, value:[5114658769875], valueString:[5114658769875]}, {name:taker_tokens, type:address[][], order:5, indexed:false, value:[[0x4d224452801ACEd8B2F0aebE155379bb5D594381]], valueString:[[0x4d224452801ACEd8B2F0aebE155379bb5D594381]]}, {name:maker_tokens, type:address[][], order:6, indexed:false, value:[[0xC02aaA39b223FE8D0A0e5C4F27eAD9083C756Cc2]], valueString:[[0xC02aaA39b223FE8D0A0e5C4F27eAD9083C756Cc2]]}, {name:taker_amounts, type:uint256[][], order:7, indexed:false, value:[[16617616275964978845489]], valueString:[[16617616275964978845489]]}, {name:maker_amounts, type:uint256[][], order:8, indexed:false, value:[[9594414923137927431]], valueString:[[9594414923137927431]]}, {name:receiver, type:address, order:9, indexed:false, value:0x9008D19f58AAbD9eD0D60971565AA8510560ab41, valueString:0x9008D19f58AAbD9eD0D60971565AA8510560ab41}, {name:commands, type:bytes, order:10, indexed:false, value:0x0000, valueString:0x0000}], takerSig=[{name:signatureType, type:uint8, order:1, indexed:false, value:0, valueString:0}, {name:signatureBytes, type:bytes, order:2, indexed:false, value:0x, valueString:0x}], makerSigs= ) => ( True )
        • MEV Bot: 0x51C…a7F.1626ba7e( )
          • Null: 0x000...001.1b42cd74( )
          • WETH9.transferFrom( src=0x51C72848c68a965f66FA7a88855F9f7784502a7F, dst=0x9008D19f58AAbD9eD0D60971565AA8510560ab41, wad=9594414923137927431 ) => ( True )
          • SimpleToken.transferFrom( sender=0x9008D19f58AAbD9eD0D60971565AA8510560ab41, recipient=0x51C72848c68a965f66FA7a88855F9f7784502a7F, amount=16617616275964978845489 ) => ( True )
          • WETH9.withdraw( wad=9594414923137912373 )
            • ETH 9.594414923137912373 GPv2Settlement.CALL( )
            • ETH 9.594414923137912373 0xe4a7ee658d55a32e112a472c42baea7085f234fd.CALL( )
              File 1 of 7: GPv2Settlement
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "./GPv2VaultRelayer.sol";
              import "./interfaces/GPv2Authentication.sol";
              import "./interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "./interfaces/IVault.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Interaction.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Trade.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Transfer.sol";
              import "./libraries/SafeCast.sol";
              import "./libraries/SafeMath.sol";
              import "./mixins/GPv2Signing.sol";
              import "./mixins/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
              import "./mixins/StorageAccessible.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Settlement Contract
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              contract GPv2Settlement is GPv2Signing, ReentrancyGuard, StorageAccessible {
                  using GPv2Order for bytes;
                  using GPv2Transfer for IVault;
                  using SafeCast for int256;
                  using SafeCast for uint256;
                  using SafeMath for uint256;
                  /// @dev The authenticator is used to determine who can call the settle function.
                  /// That is, only authorised solvers have the ability to invoke settlements.
                  /// Any valid authenticator implements an isSolver method called by the onlySolver
                  /// modifier below.
                  GPv2Authentication public immutable authenticator;
                  /// @dev The Balancer Vault the protocol uses for managing user funds.
                  IVault public immutable vault;
                  /// @dev The Balancer Vault relayer which can interact on behalf of users.
                  /// This contract is created during deployment
                  GPv2VaultRelayer public immutable vaultRelayer;
                  /// @dev Map each user order by UID to the amount that has been filled so
                  /// far. If this amount is larger than or equal to the amount traded in the
                  /// order (amount sold for sell orders, amount bought for buy orders) then
                  /// the order cannot be traded anymore. If the order is fill or kill, then
                  /// this value is only used to determine whether the order has already been
                  /// executed.
                  mapping(bytes => uint256) public filledAmount;
                  /// @dev Event emitted for each executed trade.
                  event Trade(
                      address indexed owner,
                      IERC20 sellToken,
                      IERC20 buyToken,
                      uint256 sellAmount,
                      uint256 buyAmount,
                      uint256 feeAmount,
                      bytes orderUid
                  );
                  /// @dev Event emitted for each executed interaction.
                  ///
                  /// For gas effeciency, only the interaction calldata selector (first 4
                  /// bytes) is included in the event. For interactions without calldata or
                  /// whose calldata is shorter than 4 bytes, the selector will be `0`.
                  event Interaction(address indexed target, uint256 value, bytes4 selector);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when a settlement complets
                  event Settlement(address indexed solver);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when an order is invalidated.
                  event OrderInvalidated(address indexed owner, bytes orderUid);
                  constructor(GPv2Authentication authenticator_, IVault vault_) {
                      authenticator = authenticator_;
                      vault = vault_;
                      vaultRelayer = new GPv2VaultRelayer(vault_);
                  }
                  // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
                  receive() external payable {
                      // NOTE: Include an empty receive function so that the settlement
                      // contract can receive Ether from contract interactions.
                  }
                  /// @dev This modifier is called by settle function to block any non-listed
                  /// senders from settling batches.
                  modifier onlySolver {
                      require(authenticator.isSolver(msg.sender), "GPv2: not a solver");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier to ensure that an external function is only callable as a
                  /// settlement interaction.
                  modifier onlyInteraction {
                      require(address(this) == msg.sender, "GPv2: not an interaction");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Settle the specified orders at a clearing price. Note that it is
                  /// the responsibility of the caller to ensure that all GPv2 invariants are
                  /// upheld for the input settlement, otherwise this call will revert.
                  /// Namely:
                  /// - All orders are valid and signed
                  /// - Accounts have sufficient balance and approval.
                  /// - Settlement contract has sufficient balance to execute trades. Note
                  ///   this implies that the accumulated fees held in the contract can also
                  ///   be used for settlement. This is OK since:
                  ///   - Solvers need to be authorized
                  ///   - Misbehaving solvers will be slashed for abusing accumulated fees for
                  ///     settlement
                  ///   - Critically, user orders are entirely protected
                  ///
                  /// @param tokens An array of ERC20 tokens to be traded in the settlement.
                  /// Trades encode tokens as indices into this array.
                  /// @param clearingPrices An array of clearing prices where the `i`-th price
                  /// is for the `i`-th token in the [`tokens`] array.
                  /// @param trades Trades for signed orders.
                  /// @param interactions Smart contract interactions split into three
                  /// separate lists to be run before the settlement, during the settlement
                  /// and after the settlement respectively.
                  function settle(
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      uint256[] calldata clearingPrices,
                      GPv2Trade.Data[] calldata trades,
                      GPv2Interaction.Data[][3] calldata interactions
                  ) external nonReentrant onlySolver {
                      executeInteractions(interactions[0]);
                      (
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory inTransfers,
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory outTransfers
                      ) = computeTradeExecutions(tokens, clearingPrices, trades);
                      vaultRelayer.transferFromAccounts(inTransfers);
                      executeInteractions(interactions[1]);
                      vault.transferToAccounts(outTransfers);
                      executeInteractions(interactions[2]);
                      emit Settlement(msg.sender);
                  }
                  /// @dev Settle an order directly against Balancer V2 pools.
                  ///
                  /// @param swaps The Balancer V2 swap steps to use for trading.
                  /// @param tokens An array of ERC20 tokens to be traded in the settlement.
                  /// Swaps and the trade encode tokens as indices into this array.
                  /// @param trade The trade to match directly against Balancer liquidity. The
                  /// order will always be fully executed, so the trade's `executedAmount`
                  /// field is used to represent a swap limit amount.
                  function swap(
                      IVault.BatchSwapStep[] calldata swaps,
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade
                  ) external nonReentrant onlySolver {
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder = allocateRecoveredOrder();
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order = recoveredOrder.data;
                      recoverOrderFromTrade(recoveredOrder, tokens, trade);
                      IVault.SwapKind kind =
                          order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL
                              ? IVault.SwapKind.GIVEN_IN
                              : IVault.SwapKind.GIVEN_OUT;
                      IVault.FundManagement memory funds;
                      funds.sender = recoveredOrder.owner;
                      funds.fromInternalBalance =
                          order.sellTokenBalance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      funds.recipient = payable(recoveredOrder.receiver);
                      funds.toInternalBalance =
                          order.buyTokenBalance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      int256[] memory limits = new int256[](tokens.length);
                      uint256 limitAmount = trade.executedAmount;
                      // NOTE: Array allocation initializes elements to 0, so we only need to
                      // set the limits we care about. This ensures that the swap will respect
                      // the order's limit price.
                      if (order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL) {
                          require(limitAmount >= order.buyAmount, "GPv2: limit too low");
                          limits[trade.sellTokenIndex] = order.sellAmount.toInt256();
                          limits[trade.buyTokenIndex] = -limitAmount.toInt256();
                      } else {
                          require(limitAmount <= order.sellAmount, "GPv2: limit too high");
                          limits[trade.sellTokenIndex] = limitAmount.toInt256();
                          limits[trade.buyTokenIndex] = -order.buyAmount.toInt256();
                      }
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory feeTransfer;
                      feeTransfer.account = recoveredOrder.owner;
                      feeTransfer.token = order.sellToken;
                      feeTransfer.amount = order.feeAmount;
                      feeTransfer.balance = order.sellTokenBalance;
                      int256[] memory tokenDeltas =
                          vaultRelayer.batchSwapWithFee(
                              kind,
                              swaps,
                              tokens,
                              funds,
                              limits,
                              // NOTE: Specify a deadline to ensure that an expire order
                              // cannot be used to trade.
                              order.validTo,
                              feeTransfer
                          );
                      bytes memory orderUid = recoveredOrder.uid;
                      uint256 executedSellAmount =
                          tokenDeltas[trade.sellTokenIndex].toUint256();
                      uint256 executedBuyAmount =
                          (-tokenDeltas[trade.buyTokenIndex]).toUint256();
                      // NOTE: Check that the orders were completely filled and update their
                      // filled amounts to avoid replaying them. The limit price and order
                      // validity have already been verified when executing the swap through
                      // the `limit` and `deadline` parameters.
                      require(filledAmount[orderUid] == 0, "GPv2: order filled");
                      if (order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL) {
                          require(
                              executedSellAmount == order.sellAmount,
                              "GPv2: sell amount not respected"
                          );
                          filledAmount[orderUid] = order.sellAmount;
                      } else {
                          require(
                              executedBuyAmount == order.buyAmount,
                              "GPv2: buy amount not respected"
                          );
                          filledAmount[orderUid] = order.buyAmount;
                      }
                      emit Trade(
                          recoveredOrder.owner,
                          order.sellToken,
                          order.buyToken,
                          executedSellAmount,
                          executedBuyAmount,
                          order.feeAmount,
                          orderUid
                      );
                      emit Settlement(msg.sender);
                  }
                  /// @dev Invalidate onchain an order that has been signed offline.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The unique identifier of the order that is to be made
                  /// invalid after calling this function. The user that created the order
                  /// must be the the sender of this message. See [`extractOrderUidParams`]
                  /// for details on orderUid.
                  function invalidateOrder(bytes calldata orderUid) external {
                      (, address owner, ) = orderUid.extractOrderUidParams();
                      require(owner == msg.sender, "GPv2: caller does not own order");
                      filledAmount[orderUid] = uint256(-1);
                      emit OrderInvalidated(owner, orderUid);
                  }
                  /// @dev Free storage from the filled amounts of **expired** orders to claim
                  /// a gas refund. This method can only be called as an interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUids The unique identifiers of the expired order to free
                  /// storage for.
                  function freeFilledAmountStorage(bytes[] calldata orderUids)
                      external
                      onlyInteraction
                  {
                      freeOrderStorage(filledAmount, orderUids);
                  }
                  /// @dev Free storage from the pre signatures of **expired** orders to claim
                  /// a gas refund. This method can only be called as an interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUids The unique identifiers of the expired order to free
                  /// storage for.
                  function freePreSignatureStorage(bytes[] calldata orderUids)
                      external
                      onlyInteraction
                  {
                      freeOrderStorage(preSignature, orderUids);
                  }
                  /// @dev Process all trades one at a time returning the computed net in and
                  /// out transfers for the trades.
                  ///
                  /// This method reverts if processing of any single trade fails. See
                  /// [`computeTradeExecution`] for more details.
                  ///
                  /// @param tokens An array of ERC20 tokens to be traded in the settlement.
                  /// @param clearingPrices An array of token clearing prices.
                  /// @param trades Trades for signed orders.
                  /// @return inTransfers Array of in transfers of executed sell amounts.
                  /// @return outTransfers Array of out transfers of executed buy amounts.
                  function computeTradeExecutions(
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      uint256[] calldata clearingPrices,
                      GPv2Trade.Data[] calldata trades
                  )
                      internal
                      returns (
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory inTransfers,
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory outTransfers
                      )
                  {
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder = allocateRecoveredOrder();
                      inTransfers = new GPv2Transfer.Data[](trades.length);
                      outTransfers = new GPv2Transfer.Data[](trades.length);
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < trades.length; i++) {
                          GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade = trades[i];
                          recoverOrderFromTrade(recoveredOrder, tokens, trade);
                          computeTradeExecution(
                              recoveredOrder,
                              clearingPrices[trade.sellTokenIndex],
                              clearingPrices[trade.buyTokenIndex],
                              trade.executedAmount,
                              inTransfers[i],
                              outTransfers[i]
                          );
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Compute the in and out transfer amounts for a single trade.
                  /// This function reverts if:
                  /// - The order has expired
                  /// - The order's limit price is not respected
                  /// - The order gets over-filled
                  /// - The fee discount is larger than the executed fee
                  ///
                  /// @param recoveredOrder The recovered order to process.
                  /// @param sellPrice The price of the order's sell token.
                  /// @param buyPrice The price of the order's buy token.
                  /// @param executedAmount The portion of the order to execute. This will be
                  /// ignored for fill-or-kill orders.
                  /// @param inTransfer Memory location for computed executed sell amount
                  /// transfer.
                  /// @param outTransfer Memory location for computed executed buy amount
                  /// transfer.
                  function computeTradeExecution(
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder,
                      uint256 sellPrice,
                      uint256 buyPrice,
                      uint256 executedAmount,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory inTransfer,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory outTransfer
                  ) internal {
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order = recoveredOrder.data;
                      bytes memory orderUid = recoveredOrder.uid;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line not-rely-on-time
                      require(order.validTo >= block.timestamp, "GPv2: order expired");
                      // NOTE: The following computation is derived from the equation:
                      // ```
                      // amount_x * price_x = amount_y * price_y
                      // ```
                      // Intuitively, if a chocolate bar is 0,50€ and a beer is 4€, 1 beer
                      // is roughly worth 8 chocolate bars (`1 * 4 = 8 * 0.5`). From this
                      // equation, we can derive:
                      // - The limit price for selling `x` and buying `y` is respected iff
                      // ```
                      // limit_x * price_x >= limit_y * price_y
                      // ```
                      // - The executed amount of token `y` given some amount of `x` and
                      //   clearing prices is:
                      // ```
                      // amount_y = amount_x * price_x / price_y
                      // ```
                      require(
                          order.sellAmount.mul(sellPrice) >= order.buyAmount.mul(buyPrice),
                          "GPv2: limit price not respected"
                      );
                      uint256 executedSellAmount;
                      uint256 executedBuyAmount;
                      uint256 executedFeeAmount;
                      uint256 currentFilledAmount;
                      if (order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL) {
                          if (order.partiallyFillable) {
                              executedSellAmount = executedAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount.mul(executedSellAmount).div(
                                  order.sellAmount
                              );
                          } else {
                              executedSellAmount = order.sellAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount;
                          }
                          executedBuyAmount = executedSellAmount.mul(sellPrice).ceilDiv(
                              buyPrice
                          );
                          currentFilledAmount = filledAmount[orderUid].add(
                              executedSellAmount
                          );
                          require(
                              currentFilledAmount <= order.sellAmount,
                              "GPv2: order filled"
                          );
                      } else {
                          if (order.partiallyFillable) {
                              executedBuyAmount = executedAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount.mul(executedBuyAmount).div(
                                  order.buyAmount
                              );
                          } else {
                              executedBuyAmount = order.buyAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount;
                          }
                          executedSellAmount = executedBuyAmount.mul(buyPrice).div(sellPrice);
                          currentFilledAmount = filledAmount[orderUid].add(executedBuyAmount);
                          require(
                              currentFilledAmount <= order.buyAmount,
                              "GPv2: order filled"
                          );
                      }
                      executedSellAmount = executedSellAmount.add(executedFeeAmount);
                      filledAmount[orderUid] = currentFilledAmount;
                      emit Trade(
                          recoveredOrder.owner,
                          order.sellToken,
                          order.buyToken,
                          executedSellAmount,
                          executedBuyAmount,
                          executedFeeAmount,
                          orderUid
                      );
                      inTransfer.account = recoveredOrder.owner;
                      inTransfer.token = order.sellToken;
                      inTransfer.amount = executedSellAmount;
                      inTransfer.balance = order.sellTokenBalance;
                      outTransfer.account = recoveredOrder.receiver;
                      outTransfer.token = order.buyToken;
                      outTransfer.amount = executedBuyAmount;
                      outTransfer.balance = order.buyTokenBalance;
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute a list of arbitrary contract calls from this contract.
                  /// @param interactions The list of interactions to execute.
                  function executeInteractions(GPv2Interaction.Data[] calldata interactions)
                      internal
                  {
                      for (uint256 i; i < interactions.length; i++) {
                          GPv2Interaction.Data calldata interaction = interactions[i];
                          // To prevent possible attack on user funds, we explicitly disable
                          // any interactions with the vault relayer contract.
                          require(
                              interaction.target != address(vaultRelayer),
                              "GPv2: forbidden interaction"
                          );
                          GPv2Interaction.execute(interaction);
                          emit Interaction(
                              interaction.target,
                              interaction.value,
                              GPv2Interaction.selector(interaction)
                          );
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Claims refund for the specified storage and order UIDs.
                  ///
                  /// This method reverts if any of the orders are still valid.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUids Order refund data for freeing storage.
                  /// @param orderStorage Order storage mapped on a UID.
                  function freeOrderStorage(
                      mapping(bytes => uint256) storage orderStorage,
                      bytes[] calldata orderUids
                  ) internal {
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < orderUids.length; i++) {
                          bytes calldata orderUid = orderUids[i];
                          (, , uint32 validTo) = orderUid.extractOrderUidParams();
                          // solhint-disable-next-line not-rely-on-time
                          require(validTo < block.timestamp, "GPv2: order still valid");
                          orderStorage[orderUid] = 0;
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "./interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "./interfaces/IVault.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Transfer.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Vault Relayer Contract
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              contract GPv2VaultRelayer {
                  using GPv2Transfer for IVault;
                  /// @dev The creator of the contract which has special permissions. This
                  /// value is set at creation time and cannot change.
                  address private immutable creator;
                  /// @dev The vault this relayer is for.
                  IVault private immutable vault;
                  constructor(IVault vault_) {
                      creator = msg.sender;
                      vault = vault_;
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier that ensures that a function can only be called by the
                  /// creator of this contract.
                  modifier onlyCreator {
                      require(msg.sender == creator, "GPv2: not creator");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Transfers all sell amounts for the executed trades from their
                  /// owners to the caller.
                  ///
                  /// This function reverts if:
                  /// - The caller is not the creator of the vault relayer
                  /// - Any ERC20 transfer fails
                  ///
                  /// @param transfers The transfers to execute.
                  function transferFromAccounts(GPv2Transfer.Data[] calldata transfers)
                      external
                      onlyCreator
                  {
                      vault.transferFromAccounts(transfers, msg.sender);
                  }
                  /// @dev Performs a Balancer batched swap on behalf of a user and sends a
                  /// fee to the caller.
                  ///
                  /// This function reverts if:
                  /// - The caller is not the creator of the vault relayer
                  /// - The swap fails
                  /// - The fee transfer fails
                  ///
                  /// @param kind The Balancer swap kind, this can either be `GIVEN_IN` for
                  /// sell orders or `GIVEN_OUT` for buy orders.
                  /// @param swaps The swaps to perform.
                  /// @param tokens The tokens for the swaps. Swaps encode to and from tokens
                  /// as indices into this array.
                  /// @param funds The fund management settings, specifying the user the swap
                  /// is being performed for as well as the recipient of the proceeds.
                  /// @param limits Swap limits for encoding limit prices.
                  /// @param deadline The deadline for the swap.
                  /// @param feeTransfer The transfer data for the caller fee.
                  /// @return tokenDeltas The executed swap amounts.
                  function batchSwapWithFee(
                      IVault.SwapKind kind,
                      IVault.BatchSwapStep[] calldata swaps,
                      IERC20[] memory tokens,
                      IVault.FundManagement memory funds,
                      int256[] memory limits,
                      uint256 deadline,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data calldata feeTransfer
                  ) external onlyCreator returns (int256[] memory tokenDeltas) {
                      tokenDeltas = vault.batchSwap(
                          kind,
                          swaps,
                          tokens,
                          funds,
                          limits,
                          deadline
                      );
                      vault.fastTransferFromAccount(feeTransfer, msg.sender);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Authentication Interface
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              interface GPv2Authentication {
                  /// @dev determines whether the provided address is an authenticated solver.
                  /// @param prospectiveSolver the address of prospective solver.
                  /// @return true when prospectiveSolver is an authenticated solver, otherwise false.
                  function isSolver(address prospectiveSolver) external view returns (bool);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              library GPv2EIP1271 {
                  /// @dev Value returned by a call to `isValidSignature` if the signature
                  /// was verified successfully. The value is defined in EIP-1271 as:
                  /// bytes4(keccak256("isValidSignature(bytes32,bytes)"))
                  bytes4 internal constant MAGICVALUE = 0x1626ba7e;
              }
              /// @title EIP1271 Interface
              /// @dev Standardized interface for an implementation of smart contract
              /// signatures as described in EIP-1271. The code that follows is identical to
              /// the code in the standard with the exception of formatting and syntax
              /// changes to adapt the code to our Solidity version.
              interface EIP1271Verifier {
                  /// @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the
                  /// provided data
                  /// @param _hash      Hash of the data to be signed
                  /// @param _signature Signature byte array associated with _data
                  ///
                  /// MUST return the bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e when function passes.
                  /// MUST NOT modify state (using STATICCALL for solc < 0.5, view modifier for
                  /// solc > 0.5)
                  /// MUST allow external calls
                  ///
                  function isValidSignature(bytes32 _hash, bytes memory _signature)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes4 magicValue);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Added `name`, `symbol` and `decimals` function declarations
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
               */
              interface IERC20 {
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                   */
                  function name() external view returns (string memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
                   */
                  function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the number of decimals the token uses.
                   */
                  function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                   */
                  function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                   */
                  function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount)
                      external
                      returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                   * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                   * zero by default.
                   *
                   * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                   */
                  function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                   * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                   * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                   * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                   * desired value afterwards:
                   * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event.
                   */
                  function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                   * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                   * allowance.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transferFrom(
                      address sender,
                      address recipient,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                   * another (`to`).
                   *
                   * Note that `value` may be zero.
                   */
                  event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                   * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                   */
                  event Approval(
                      address indexed owner,
                      address indexed spender,
                      uint256 value
                  );
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
              // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
              // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
              // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
              // (at your option) any later version.
              // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
              // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
              // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
              // GNU General Public License for more details.
              // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
              // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "./IERC20.sol";
              /**
               * @dev Minimal interface for the Vault core contract only containing methods
               * used by Gnosis Protocol V2. Original source:
               * <https://github.com/balancer-labs/balancer-core-v2/blob/v1.0.0/contracts/vault/interfaces/IVault.sol>
               */
              interface IVault {
                  // Internal Balance
                  //
                  // Users can deposit tokens into the Vault, where they are allocated to their Internal Balance, and later
                  // transferred or withdrawn. It can also be used as a source of tokens when joining Pools, as a destination
                  // when exiting them, and as either when performing swaps. This usage of Internal Balance results in greatly reduced
                  // gas costs when compared to relying on plain ERC20 transfers, leading to large savings for frequent users.
                  //
                  // Internal Balance management features batching, which means a single contract call can be used to perform multiple
                  // operations of different kinds, with different senders and recipients, at once.
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a set of user balance operations, which involve Internal Balance (deposit, withdraw or transfer)
                   * and plain ERC20 transfers using the Vault's allowance. This last feature is particularly useful for relayers, as
                   * it lets integrators reuse a user's Vault allowance.
                   *
                   * For each operation, if the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
                   */
                  function manageUserBalance(UserBalanceOp[] memory ops) external payable;
                  /**
                   * @dev Data for `manageUserBalance` operations, which include the possibility for ETH to be sent and received
                   without manual WETH wrapping or unwrapping.
                   */
                  struct UserBalanceOp {
                      UserBalanceOpKind kind;
                      IERC20 asset;
                      uint256 amount;
                      address sender;
                      address payable recipient;
                  }
                  // There are four possible operations in `manageUserBalance`:
                  //
                  // - DEPOSIT_INTERNAL
                  // Increases the Internal Balance of the `recipient` account by transferring tokens from the corresponding
                  // `sender`. The sender must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`.
                  //
                  // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset and forwarding ETH in the call: it will be wrapped
                  // and deposited as WETH. Any ETH amount remaining will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is
                  // relevant for relayers).
                  //
                  // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
                  //
                  //
                  // - WITHDRAW_INTERNAL
                  // Decreases the Internal Balance of the `sender` account by transferring tokens to the `recipient`.
                  //
                  // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset. This will deduct WETH instead, unwrap it and send
                  // it to the recipient as ETH.
                  //
                  // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
                  //
                  //
                  // - TRANSFER_INTERNAL
                  // Transfers tokens from the Internal Balance of the `sender` account to the Internal Balance of `recipient`.
                  //
                  // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
                  //
                  // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
                  //
                  //
                  // - TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                  // Transfers tokens from `sender` to `recipient`, using the Vault's ERC20 allowance. This is typically used by
                  // relayers, as it lets them reuse a user's Vault allowance.
                  //
                  // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
                  //
                  // Emits an `ExternalBalanceTransfer` event.
                  enum UserBalanceOpKind {
                      DEPOSIT_INTERNAL,
                      WITHDRAW_INTERNAL,
                      TRANSFER_INTERNAL,
                      TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                  }
                  // Swaps
                  //
                  // Users can swap tokens with Pools by calling the `swap` and `batchSwap` functions. To do this,
                  // they need not trust Pool contracts in any way: all security checks are made by the Vault. They must however be
                  // aware of the Pools' pricing algorithms in order to estimate the prices Pools will quote.
                  //
                  // The `swap` function executes a single swap, while `batchSwap` can perform multiple swaps in sequence.
                  // In each individual swap, tokens of one kind are sent from the sender to the Pool (this is the 'token in'),
                  // and tokens of another kind are sent from the Pool to the recipient in exchange (this is the 'token out').
                  // More complex swaps, such as one token in to multiple tokens out can be achieved by batching together
                  // individual swaps.
                  //
                  // There are two swap kinds:
                  //  - 'given in' swaps, where the amount of tokens in (sent to the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines (via the
                  // `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens out (to send to the recipient).
                  //  - 'given out' swaps, where the amount of tokens out (received from the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines
                  // (via the `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens in (to receive from the sender).
                  //
                  // Additionally, it is possible to chain swaps using a placeholder input amount, which the Vault replaces with
                  // the calculated output of the previous swap. If the previous swap was 'given in', this will be the calculated
                  // tokenOut amount. If the previous swap was 'given out', it will use the calculated tokenIn amount. These extended
                  // swaps are known as 'multihop' swaps, since they 'hop' through a number of intermediate tokens before arriving at
                  // the final intended token.
                  //
                  // In all cases, tokens are only transferred in and out of the Vault (or withdrawn from and deposited into Internal
                  // Balance) after all individual swaps have been completed, and the net token balance change computed. This makes
                  // certain swap patterns, such as multihops, or swaps that interact with the same token pair in multiple Pools, cost
                  // much less gas than they would otherwise.
                  //
                  // It also means that under certain conditions it is possible to perform arbitrage by swapping with multiple
                  // Pools in a way that results in net token movement out of the Vault (profit), with no tokens being sent in (only
                  // updating the Pool's internal accounting).
                  //
                  // To protect users from front-running or the market changing rapidly, they supply a list of 'limits' for each token
                  // involved in the swap, where either the maximum number of tokens to send (by passing a positive value) or the
                  // minimum amount of tokens to receive (by passing a negative value) is specified.
                  //
                  // Additionally, a 'deadline' timestamp can also be provided, forcing the swap to fail if it occurs after
                  // this point in time (e.g. if the transaction failed to be included in a block promptly).
                  //
                  // If interacting with Pools that hold WETH, it is possible to both send and receive ETH directly: the Vault will do
                  // the wrapping and unwrapping. To enable this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be
                  // passed in the `assets` array instead of the WETH address. Note that it is possible to combine ETH and WETH in the
                  // same swap. Any excess ETH will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is relevant for relayers).
                  //
                  // Finally, Internal Balance can be used when either sending or receiving tokens.
                  enum SwapKind {GIVEN_IN, GIVEN_OUT}
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a swap with a single Pool.
                   *
                   * If the swap is 'given in' (the number of tokens to send to the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
                   * taken from the Pool, which must be greater than or equal to `limit`.
                   *
                   * If the swap is 'given out' (the number of tokens to take from the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
                   * sent to the Pool, which must be less than or equal to `limit`.
                   *
                   * Internal Balance usage and the recipient are determined by the `funds` struct.
                   *
                   * Emits a `Swap` event.
                   */
                  function swap(
                      SingleSwap memory singleSwap,
                      FundManagement memory funds,
                      uint256 limit,
                      uint256 deadline
                  ) external payable returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Data for a single swap executed by `swap`. `amount` is either `amountIn` or `amountOut` depending on
                   * the `kind` value.
                   *
                   * `assetIn` and `assetOut` are either token addresses, or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address).
                   * Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
                   *
                   * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
                   * used to extend swap behavior.
                   */
                  struct SingleSwap {
                      bytes32 poolId;
                      SwapKind kind;
                      IERC20 assetIn;
                      IERC20 assetOut;
                      uint256 amount;
                      bytes userData;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a series of swaps with one or multiple Pools. In each individual swap, the caller determines either
                   * the amount of tokens sent to or received from the Pool, depending on the `kind` value.
                   *
                   * Returns an array with the net Vault asset balance deltas. Positive amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent to the
                   * Vault, and negative amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent by the Vault. Each delta corresponds to the asset at
                   * the same index in the `assets` array.
                   *
                   * Swaps are executed sequentially, in the order specified by the `swaps` array. Each array element describes a
                   * Pool, the token to be sent to this Pool, the token to receive from it, and an amount that is either `amountIn` or
                   * `amountOut` depending on the swap kind.
                   *
                   * Multihop swaps can be executed by passing an `amount` value of zero for a swap. This will cause the amount in/out
                   * of the previous swap to be used as the amount in for the current one. In a 'given in' swap, 'tokenIn' must equal
                   * the previous swap's `tokenOut`. For a 'given out' swap, `tokenOut` must equal the previous swap's `tokenIn`.
                   *
                   * The `assets` array contains the addresses of all assets involved in the swaps. These are either token addresses,
                   * or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address). Each entry in the `swaps` array specifies tokens in and
                   * out by referencing an index in `assets`. Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to
                   * or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
                   *
                   * Internal Balance usage, sender, and recipient are determined by the `funds` struct. The `limits` array specifies
                   * the minimum or maximum amount of each token the vault is allowed to transfer.
                   *
                   * `batchSwap` can be used to make a single swap, like `swap` does, but doing so requires more gas than the
                   * equivalent `swap` call.
                   *
                   * Emits `Swap` events.
                   */
                  function batchSwap(
                      SwapKind kind,
                      BatchSwapStep[] memory swaps,
                      IERC20[] memory assets,
                      FundManagement memory funds,
                      int256[] memory limits,
                      uint256 deadline
                  ) external payable returns (int256[] memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Data for each individual swap executed by `batchSwap`. The asset in and out fields are indexes into the
                   * `assets` array passed to that function, and ETH assets are converted to WETH.
                   *
                   * If `amount` is zero, the multihop mechanism is used to determine the actual amount based on the amount in/out
                   * from the previous swap, depending on the swap kind.
                   *
                   * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
                   * used to extend swap behavior.
                   */
                  struct BatchSwapStep {
                      bytes32 poolId;
                      uint256 assetInIndex;
                      uint256 assetOutIndex;
                      uint256 amount;
                      bytes userData;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev All tokens in a swap are either sent from the `sender` account to the Vault, or from the Vault to the
                   * `recipient` account.
                   *
                   * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
                   *
                   * If `fromInternalBalance` is true, the `sender`'s Internal Balance will be preferred, performing an ERC20
                   * transfer for the difference between the requested amount and the User's Internal Balance (if any). The `sender`
                   * must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`. This matches the behavior of
                   * `joinPool`.
                   *
                   * If `toInternalBalance` is true, tokens will be deposited to `recipient`'s internal balance instead of
                   * transferred. This matches the behavior of `exitPool`.
                   *
                   * Note that ETH cannot be deposited to or withdrawn from Internal Balance: attempting to do so will trigger a
                   * revert.
                   */
                  struct FundManagement {
                      address sender;
                      bool fromInternalBalance;
                      address payable recipient;
                      bool toInternalBalance;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Interaction Library
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Interaction {
                  /// @dev Interaction data for performing arbitrary contract interactions.
                  /// Submitted to [`GPv2Settlement.settle`] for code execution.
                  struct Data {
                      address target;
                      uint256 value;
                      bytes callData;
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute an arbitrary contract interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param interaction Interaction data.
                  function execute(Data calldata interaction) internal {
                      address target = interaction.target;
                      uint256 value = interaction.value;
                      bytes calldata callData = interaction.callData;
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to call the interaction instead of a low level
                      // call for two reasons:
                      // - We don't want to copy the return data, since we discard it for
                      // interactions.
                      // - Solidity will under certain conditions generate code to copy input
                      // calldata twice to memory (the second being a "memcopy loop").
                      // <https://github.com/gnosis/gp-v2-contracts/pull/417#issuecomment-775091258>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          calldatacopy(freeMemoryPointer, callData.offset, callData.length)
                          if iszero(
                              call(
                                  gas(),
                                  target,
                                  value,
                                  freeMemoryPointer,
                                  callData.length,
                                  0,
                                  0
                              )
                          ) {
                              returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                              revert(0, returndatasize())
                          }
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts the Solidity ABI selector for the specified interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param interaction Interaction data.
                  /// @return result The 4 byte function selector of the call encoded in
                  /// this interaction.
                  function selector(Data calldata interaction)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (bytes4 result)
                  {
                      bytes calldata callData = interaction.callData;
                      if (callData.length >= 4) {
                          // NOTE: Read the first word of the interaction's calldata. The
                          // value does not need to be shifted since `bytesN` values are left
                          // aligned, and the value does not need to be masked since masking
                          // occurs when the value is accessed and not stored:
                          // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/abi-spec.html#encoding-of-indexed-event-parameters>
                          // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/assembly.html#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries>
                          // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                          assembly {
                              result := calldataload(callData.offset)
                          }
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Order Library
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Order {
                  /// @dev The complete data for a Gnosis Protocol order. This struct contains
                  /// all order parameters that are signed for submitting to GP.
                  struct Data {
                      IERC20 sellToken;
                      IERC20 buyToken;
                      address receiver;
                      uint256 sellAmount;
                      uint256 buyAmount;
                      uint32 validTo;
                      bytes32 appData;
                      uint256 feeAmount;
                      bytes32 kind;
                      bool partiallyFillable;
                      bytes32 sellTokenBalance;
                      bytes32 buyTokenBalance;
                  }
                  /// @dev The order EIP-712 type hash for the [`GPv2Order.Data`] struct.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256(
                  ///     "Order(" +
                  ///         "address sellToken," +
                  ///         "address buyToken," +
                  ///         "address receiver," +
                  ///         "uint256 sellAmount," +
                  ///         "uint256 buyAmount," +
                  ///         "uint32 validTo," +
                  ///         "bytes32 appData," +
                  ///         "uint256 feeAmount," +
                  ///         "string kind," +
                  ///         "bool partiallyFillable" +
                  ///         "string sellTokenBalance" +
                  ///         "string buyTokenBalance" +
                  ///     ")"
                  /// )
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant TYPE_HASH =
                      hex"d5a25ba2e97094ad7d83dc28a6572da797d6b3e7fc6663bd93efb789fc17e489";
                  /// @dev The marker value for a sell order for computing the order struct
                  /// hash. This allows the EIP-712 compatible wallets to display a
                  /// descriptive string for the order kind (instead of 0 or 1).
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("sell")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant KIND_SELL =
                      hex"f3b277728b3fee749481eb3e0b3b48980dbbab78658fc419025cb16eee346775";
                  /// @dev The OrderKind marker value for a buy order for computing the order
                  /// struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("buy")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant KIND_BUY =
                      hex"6ed88e868af0a1983e3886d5f3e95a2fafbd6c3450bc229e27342283dc429ccc";
                  /// @dev The TokenBalance marker value for using direct ERC20 balances for
                  /// computing the order struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("erc20")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant BALANCE_ERC20 =
                      hex"5a28e9363bb942b639270062aa6bb295f434bcdfc42c97267bf003f272060dc9";
                  /// @dev The TokenBalance marker value for using Balancer Vault external
                  /// balances (in order to re-use Vault ERC20 approvals) for computing the
                  /// order struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("external")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant BALANCE_EXTERNAL =
                      hex"abee3b73373acd583a130924aad6dc38cfdc44ba0555ba94ce2ff63980ea0632";
                  /// @dev The TokenBalance marker value for using Balancer Vault internal
                  /// balances for computing the order struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("internal")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant BALANCE_INTERNAL =
                      hex"4ac99ace14ee0a5ef932dc609df0943ab7ac16b7583634612f8dc35a4289a6ce";
                  /// @dev Marker address used to indicate that the receiver of the trade
                  /// proceeds should the owner of the order.
                  ///
                  /// This is chosen to be `address(0)` for gas efficiency as it is expected
                  /// to be the most common case.
                  address internal constant RECEIVER_SAME_AS_OWNER = address(0);
                  /// @dev The byte length of an order unique identifier.
                  uint256 internal constant UID_LENGTH = 56;
                  /// @dev Returns the actual receiver for an order. This function checks
                  /// whether or not the [`receiver`] field uses the marker value to indicate
                  /// it is the same as the order owner.
                  ///
                  /// @return receiver The actual receiver of trade proceeds.
                  function actualReceiver(Data memory order, address owner)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (address receiver)
                  {
                      if (order.receiver == RECEIVER_SAME_AS_OWNER) {
                          receiver = owner;
                      } else {
                          receiver = order.receiver;
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Return the EIP-712 signing hash for the specified order.
                  ///
                  /// @param order The order to compute the EIP-712 signing hash for.
                  /// @param domainSeparator The EIP-712 domain separator to use.
                  /// @return orderDigest The 32 byte EIP-712 struct hash.
                  function hash(Data memory order, bytes32 domainSeparator)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (bytes32 orderDigest)
                  {
                      bytes32 structHash;
                      // NOTE: Compute the EIP-712 order struct hash in place. As suggested
                      // in the EIP proposal, noting that the order struct has 10 fields, and
                      // including the type hash `(12 + 1) * 32 = 416` bytes to hash.
                      // <https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/blob/master/EIPS/eip-712.md#rationale-for-encodedata>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let dataStart := sub(order, 32)
                          let temp := mload(dataStart)
                          mstore(dataStart, TYPE_HASH)
                          structHash := keccak256(dataStart, 416)
                          mstore(dataStart, temp)
                      }
                      // NOTE: Now that we have the struct hash, compute the EIP-712 signing
                      // hash using scratch memory past the free memory pointer. The signing
                      // hash is computed from `"\\x19\\x01" || domainSeparator || structHash`.
                      // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html#layout-in-memory>
                      // <https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/blob/master/EIPS/eip-712.md#specification>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          mstore(freeMemoryPointer, "\\x19\\x01")
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 2), domainSeparator)
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 34), structHash)
                          orderDigest := keccak256(freeMemoryPointer, 66)
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Packs order UID parameters into the specified memory location. The
                  /// result is equivalent to `abi.encodePacked(...)` with the difference that
                  /// it allows re-using the memory for packing the order UID.
                  ///
                  /// This function reverts if the order UID buffer is not the correct size.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The buffer pack the order UID parameters into.
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 struct digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param owner The address of the user who owns this order.
                  /// @param validTo The epoch time at which the order will stop being valid.
                  function packOrderUidParams(
                      bytes memory orderUid,
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      address owner,
                      uint32 validTo
                  ) internal pure {
                      require(orderUid.length == UID_LENGTH, "GPv2: uid buffer overflow");
                      // NOTE: Write the order UID to the allocated memory buffer. The order
                      // parameters are written to memory in **reverse order** as memory
                      // operations write 32-bytes at a time and we want to use a packed
                      // encoding. This means, for example, that after writing the value of
                      // `owner` to bytes `20:52`, writing the `orderDigest` to bytes `0:32`
                      // will **overwrite** bytes `20:32`. This is desirable as addresses are
                      // only 20 bytes and `20:32` should be `0`s:
                      //
                      //        |           1111111111222222222233333333334444444444555555
                      //   byte | 01234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345
                      // -------+---------------------------------------------------------
                      //  field | [.........orderDigest..........][......owner.......][vT]
                      // -------+---------------------------------------------------------
                      // mstore |                         [000000000000000000000000000.vT]
                      //        |                     [00000000000.......owner.......]
                      //        | [.........orderDigest..........]
                      //
                      // Additionally, since Solidity `bytes memory` are length prefixed,
                      // 32 needs to be added to all the offsets.
                      //
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mstore(add(orderUid, 56), validTo)
                          mstore(add(orderUid, 52), owner)
                          mstore(add(orderUid, 32), orderDigest)
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts specific order information from the standardized unique
                  /// order id of the protocol.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The unique identifier used to represent an order in
                  /// the protocol. This uid is the packed concatenation of the order digest,
                  /// the validTo order parameter and the address of the user who created the
                  /// order. It is used by the user to interface with the contract directly,
                  /// and not by calls that are triggered by the solvers.
                  /// @return orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @return owner The address of the user who owns this order.
                  /// @return validTo The epoch time at which the order will stop being valid.
                  function extractOrderUidParams(bytes calldata orderUid)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (
                          bytes32 orderDigest,
                          address owner,
                          uint32 validTo
                      )
                  {
                      require(orderUid.length == UID_LENGTH, "GPv2: invalid uid");
                      // Use assembly to efficiently decode packed calldata.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          orderDigest := calldataload(orderUid.offset)
                          owner := shr(96, calldataload(add(orderUid.offset, 32)))
                          validTo := shr(224, calldataload(add(orderUid.offset, 52)))
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Safe ERC20 Transfer Library
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              /// @dev Gas-efficient version of Openzeppelin's SafeERC20 contract that notably
              /// does not revert when calling a non-contract.
              library GPv2SafeERC20 {
                  /// @dev Wrapper around a call to the ERC20 function `transfer` that reverts
                  /// also when the token returns `false`.
                  function safeTransfer(
                      IERC20 token,
                      address to,
                      uint256 value
                  ) internal {
                      bytes4 selector_ = token.transfer.selector;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          mstore(freeMemoryPointer, selector_)
                          mstore(
                              add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                              and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
                          )
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), value)
                          if iszero(call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)) {
                              returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                              revert(0, returndatasize())
                          }
                      }
                      require(getLastTansferResult(token), "GPv2: failed transfer");
                  }
                  /// @dev Wrapper around a call to the ERC20 function `transferFrom` that
                  /// reverts also when the token returns `false`.
                  function safeTransferFrom(
                      IERC20 token,
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 value
                  ) internal {
                      bytes4 selector_ = token.transferFrom.selector;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          mstore(freeMemoryPointer, selector_)
                          mstore(
                              add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                              and(from, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
                          )
                          mstore(
                              add(freeMemoryPointer, 36),
                              and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
                          )
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 68), value)
                          if iszero(call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 100, 0, 0)) {
                              returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                              revert(0, returndatasize())
                          }
                      }
                      require(getLastTansferResult(token), "GPv2: failed transferFrom");
                  }
                  /// @dev Verifies that the last return was a successful `transfer*` call.
                  /// This is done by checking that the return data is either empty, or
                  /// is a valid ABI encoded boolean.
                  function getLastTansferResult(IERC20 token)
                      private
                      view
                      returns (bool success)
                  {
                      // NOTE: Inspecting previous return data requires assembly. Note that
                      // we write the return data to memory 0 in the case where the return
                      // data size is 32, this is OK since the first 64 bytes of memory are
                      // reserved by Solidy as a scratch space that can be used within
                      // assembly blocks.
                      // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          /// @dev Revert with an ABI encoded Solidity error with a message
                          /// that fits into 32-bytes.
                          ///
                          /// An ABI encoded Solidity error has the following memory layout:
                          ///
                          /// ------------+----------------------------------
                          ///  byte range | value
                          /// ------------+----------------------------------
                          ///  0x00..0x04 |        selector("Error(string)")
                          ///  0x04..0x24 |      string offset (always 0x20)
                          ///  0x24..0x44 |                    string length
                          ///  0x44..0x64 | string value, padded to 32-bytes
                          function revertWithMessage(length, message) {
                              mstore(0x00, "\\x08\\xc3\\x79\\xa0")
                              mstore(0x04, 0x20)
                              mstore(0x24, length)
                              mstore(0x44, message)
                              revert(0x00, 0x64)
                          }
                          switch returndatasize()
                              // Non-standard ERC20 transfer without return.
                              case 0 {
                                  // NOTE: When the return data size is 0, verify that there
                                  // is code at the address. This is done in order to maintain
                                  // compatibility with Solidity calling conventions.
                                  // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/control-structures.html#external-function-calls>
                                  if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                                      revertWithMessage(20, "GPv2: not a contract")
                                  }
                                  success := 1
                              }
                              // Standard ERC20 transfer returning boolean success value.
                              case 32 {
                                  returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                  // NOTE: For ABI encoding v1, any non-zero value is accepted
                                  // as `true` for a boolean. In order to stay compatible with
                                  // OpenZeppelin's `SafeERC20` library which is known to work
                                  // with the existing ERC20 implementation we care about,
                                  // make sure we return success for any non-zero return value
                                  // from the `transfer*` call.
                                  success := iszero(iszero(mload(0)))
                              }
                              default {
                                  revertWithMessage(31, "GPv2: malformed transfer result")
                              }
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "../mixins/GPv2Signing.sol";
              import "./GPv2Order.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Trade Library.
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Trade {
                  using GPv2Order for GPv2Order.Data;
                  using GPv2Order for bytes;
                  /// @dev A struct representing a trade to be executed as part a batch
                  /// settlement.
                  struct Data {
                      uint256 sellTokenIndex;
                      uint256 buyTokenIndex;
                      address receiver;
                      uint256 sellAmount;
                      uint256 buyAmount;
                      uint32 validTo;
                      bytes32 appData;
                      uint256 feeAmount;
                      uint256 flags;
                      uint256 executedAmount;
                      bytes signature;
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts the order data and signing scheme for the specified trade.
                  ///
                  /// @param trade The trade.
                  /// @param tokens The list of tokens included in the settlement. The token
                  /// indices in the trade parameters map to tokens in this array.
                  /// @param order The memory location to extract the order data to.
                  function extractOrder(
                      Data calldata trade,
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order
                  ) internal pure returns (GPv2Signing.Scheme signingScheme) {
                      order.sellToken = tokens[trade.sellTokenIndex];
                      order.buyToken = tokens[trade.buyTokenIndex];
                      order.receiver = trade.receiver;
                      order.sellAmount = trade.sellAmount;
                      order.buyAmount = trade.buyAmount;
                      order.validTo = trade.validTo;
                      order.appData = trade.appData;
                      order.feeAmount = trade.feeAmount;
                      (
                          order.kind,
                          order.partiallyFillable,
                          order.sellTokenBalance,
                          order.buyTokenBalance,
                          signingScheme
                      ) = extractFlags(trade.flags);
                  }
                  /// @dev Decodes trade flags.
                  ///
                  /// Trade flags are used to tightly encode information on how to decode
                  /// an order. Examples that directly affect the structure of an order are
                  /// the kind of order (either a sell or a buy order) as well as whether the
                  /// order is partially fillable or if it is a "fill-or-kill" order. It also
                  /// encodes the signature scheme used to validate the order. As the most
                  /// likely values are fill-or-kill sell orders by an externally owned
                  /// account, the flags are chosen such that `0x00` represents this kind of
                  /// order. The flags byte uses the following format:
                  ///
                  /// ```
                  /// bit | 31 ...   | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
                  /// ----+----------+---+---+-------+---+---+
                  ///     | reserved | *   * | * | *   * | * | * |
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |   +---- order kind bit, 0 for a sell order
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |         and 1 for a buy order
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   +-------- order fill bit, 0 for fill-or-kill
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |             and 1 for a partially fillable order
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   |   +---+------------ use internal sell token balance bit:
                  ///                  |   |   |                     0x: ERC20 token balance
                  ///                  |   |   |                     10: external Balancer Vault balance
                  ///                  |   |   |                     11: internal Balancer Vault balance
                  ///                  |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   +-------------------- use buy token balance bit
                  ///                  |   |                         0: ERC20 token balance
                  ///                  |   |                         1: internal Balancer Vault balance
                  ///                  |   |
                  ///                  +---+------------------------ signature scheme bits:
                  ///                                                00: EIP-712
                  ///                                                01: eth_sign
                  ///                                                10: EIP-1271
                  ///                                                11: pre_sign
                  /// ```
                  function extractFlags(uint256 flags)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (
                          bytes32 kind,
                          bool partiallyFillable,
                          bytes32 sellTokenBalance,
                          bytes32 buyTokenBalance,
                          GPv2Signing.Scheme signingScheme
                      )
                  {
                      if (flags & 0x01 == 0) {
                          kind = GPv2Order.KIND_SELL;
                      } else {
                          kind = GPv2Order.KIND_BUY;
                      }
                      partiallyFillable = flags & 0x02 != 0;
                      if (flags & 0x08 == 0) {
                          sellTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20;
                      } else if (flags & 0x04 == 0) {
                          sellTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_EXTERNAL;
                      } else {
                          sellTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      }
                      if (flags & 0x10 == 0) {
                          buyTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20;
                      } else {
                          buyTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      }
                      // NOTE: Take advantage of the fact that Solidity will revert if the
                      // following expression does not produce a valid enum value. This means
                      // we check here that the leading reserved bits must be 0.
                      signingScheme = GPv2Signing.Scheme(flags >> 5);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "../interfaces/IVault.sol";
              import "./GPv2Order.sol";
              import "./GPv2SafeERC20.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Transfers
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Transfer {
                  using GPv2SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                  /// @dev Transfer data.
                  struct Data {
                      address account;
                      IERC20 token;
                      uint256 amount;
                      bytes32 balance;
                  }
                  /// @dev Ether marker address used to indicate an Ether transfer.
                  address internal constant BUY_ETH_ADDRESS =
                      0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
                  /// @dev Execute the specified transfer from the specified account to a
                  /// recipient. The recipient will either receive internal Vault balances or
                  /// ERC20 token balances depending on whether the account is using internal
                  /// balances or not.
                  ///
                  /// This method is used for transferring fees to the settlement contract
                  /// when settling a single order directly with Balancer.
                  ///
                  /// Note that this method is subtly different from `transferFromAccounts`
                  /// with a single transfer with respect to how it deals with internal
                  /// balances. Specifically, this method will perform an **internal balance
                  /// transfer to the settlement contract instead of a withdrawal to the
                  /// external balance of the settlement contract** for trades that specify
                  /// trading with internal balances. This is done as a gas optimization in
                  /// the single order "fast-path".
                  ///
                  /// @param vault The Balancer vault to use.
                  /// @param transfer The transfer to perform specifying the sender account.
                  /// @param recipient The recipient for the transfer.
                  function fastTransferFromAccount(
                      IVault vault,
                      Data calldata transfer,
                      address recipient
                  ) internal {
                      require(
                          address(transfer.token) != BUY_ETH_ADDRESS,
                          "GPv2: cannot transfer native ETH"
                      );
                      if (transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20) {
                          transfer.token.safeTransferFrom(
                              transfer.account,
                              recipient,
                              transfer.amount
                          );
                      } else {
                          IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps =
                              new IVault.UserBalanceOp[](1);
                          IVault.UserBalanceOp memory balanceOp = balanceOps[0];
                          balanceOp.kind = transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_EXTERNAL
                              ? IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                              : IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.TRANSFER_INTERNAL;
                          balanceOp.asset = transfer.token;
                          balanceOp.amount = transfer.amount;
                          balanceOp.sender = transfer.account;
                          balanceOp.recipient = payable(recipient);
                          vault.manageUserBalance(balanceOps);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute the specified transfers from the specified accounts to a
                  /// single recipient. The recipient will receive all transfers as ERC20
                  /// token balances, regardless of whether or not the accounts are using
                  /// internal Vault balances.
                  ///
                  /// This method is used for accumulating user balances into the settlement
                  /// contract.
                  ///
                  /// @param vault The Balancer vault to use.
                  /// @param transfers The batched transfers to perform specifying the
                  /// sender accounts.
                  /// @param recipient The single recipient for all the transfers.
                  function transferFromAccounts(
                      IVault vault,
                      Data[] calldata transfers,
                      address recipient
                  ) internal {
                      // NOTE: Allocate buffer of Vault balance operations large enough to
                      // hold all GP transfers. This is done to avoid re-allocations (which
                      // are gas inefficient) while still allowing all transfers to be batched
                      // into a single Vault call.
                      IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps =
                          new IVault.UserBalanceOp[](transfers.length);
                      uint256 balanceOpCount = 0;
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < transfers.length; i++) {
                          Data calldata transfer = transfers[i];
                          require(
                              address(transfer.token) != BUY_ETH_ADDRESS,
                              "GPv2: cannot transfer native ETH"
                          );
                          if (transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20) {
                              transfer.token.safeTransferFrom(
                                  transfer.account,
                                  recipient,
                                  transfer.amount
                              );
                          } else {
                              IVault.UserBalanceOp memory balanceOp =
                                  balanceOps[balanceOpCount++];
                              balanceOp.kind = transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_EXTERNAL
                                  ? IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                                  : IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.WITHDRAW_INTERNAL;
                              balanceOp.asset = transfer.token;
                              balanceOp.amount = transfer.amount;
                              balanceOp.sender = transfer.account;
                              balanceOp.recipient = payable(recipient);
                          }
                      }
                      if (balanceOpCount > 0) {
                          truncateBalanceOpsArray(balanceOps, balanceOpCount);
                          vault.manageUserBalance(balanceOps);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute the specified transfers to their respective accounts.
                  ///
                  /// This method is used for paying out trade proceeds from the settlement
                  /// contract.
                  ///
                  /// @param vault The Balancer vault to use.
                  /// @param transfers The batched transfers to perform.
                  function transferToAccounts(IVault vault, Data[] memory transfers)
                      internal
                  {
                      IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps =
                          new IVault.UserBalanceOp[](transfers.length);
                      uint256 balanceOpCount = 0;
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < transfers.length; i++) {
                          Data memory transfer = transfers[i];
                          if (address(transfer.token) == BUY_ETH_ADDRESS) {
                              require(
                                  transfer.balance != GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL,
                                  "GPv2: unsupported internal ETH"
                              );
                              payable(transfer.account).transfer(transfer.amount);
                          } else if (transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20) {
                              transfer.token.safeTransfer(transfer.account, transfer.amount);
                          } else {
                              IVault.UserBalanceOp memory balanceOp =
                                  balanceOps[balanceOpCount++];
                              balanceOp.kind = IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.DEPOSIT_INTERNAL;
                              balanceOp.asset = transfer.token;
                              balanceOp.amount = transfer.amount;
                              balanceOp.sender = address(this);
                              balanceOp.recipient = payable(transfer.account);
                          }
                      }
                      if (balanceOpCount > 0) {
                          truncateBalanceOpsArray(balanceOps, balanceOpCount);
                          vault.manageUserBalance(balanceOps);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Truncate a Vault balance operation array to its actual size.
                  ///
                  /// This method **does not** check whether or not the new length is valid,
                  /// and specifying a size that is larger than the array's actual length is
                  /// undefined behaviour.
                  ///
                  /// @param balanceOps The memory array of balance operations to truncate.
                  /// @param newLength The new length to set.
                  function truncateBalanceOpsArray(
                      IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps,
                      uint256 newLength
                  ) private pure {
                      // NOTE: Truncate the vault transfers array to the specified length.
                      // This is done by setting the array's length which occupies the first
                      // word in memory pointed to by the `balanceOps` memory variable.
                      // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mstore(balanceOps, newLength)
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Shortened revert messages
              // - Removed unused methods
              // - Convert to `type(*).*` notation
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/utils/SafeCast.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's uintXX/intXX casting operators with added overflow
               * checks.
               *
               * Downcasting from uint256/int256 in Solidity does not revert on overflow. This can
               * easily result in undesired exploitation or bugs, since developers usually
               * assume that overflows raise errors. `SafeCast` restores this intuition by
               * reverting the transaction when such an operation overflows.
               *
               * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
               * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
               *
               * Can be combined with {SafeMath} and {SignedSafeMath} to extend it to smaller types, by performing
               * all math on `uint256` and `int256` and then downcasting.
               */
              library SafeCast {
                  /**
                   * @dev Converts a signed int256 into an unsigned uint256.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - input must be greater than or equal to 0.
                   */
                  function toUint256(int256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(value >= 0, "SafeCast: not positive");
                      return uint256(value);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Converts an unsigned uint256 into a signed int256.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - input must be less than or equal to maxInt256.
                   */
                  function toInt256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (int256) {
                      require(
                          value <= uint256(type(int256).max),
                          "SafeCast: int256 overflow"
                      );
                      return int256(value);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Shortened some revert messages
              // - Removed unused methods
              // - Added `ceilDiv` method
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/math/SafeMath.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow
               * checks.
               *
               * Arithmetic operations in Solidity wrap on overflow. This can easily result
               * in bugs, because programmers usually assume that an overflow raises an
               * error, which is the standard behavior in high level programming languages.
               * `SafeMath` restores this intuition by reverting the transaction when an
               * operation overflows.
               *
               * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
               * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
               */
              library SafeMath {
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * overflow.
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - Addition cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      uint256 c = a + b;
                      require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");
                      return c;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * overflow (when the result is negative).
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(b <= a, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
                      return a - b;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * overflow.
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      if (a == 0) return 0;
                      uint256 c = a * b;
                      require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: mul overflow");
                      return c;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
                   * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
                   * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                   */
                  function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(b > 0, "SafeMath: division by 0");
                      return a / b;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the ceiling integer division of two unsigned integers,
                   * reverting on division by zero. The result is rounded towards up the
                   * nearest integer, instead of truncating the fractional part.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                   * - The sum of the dividend and divisor cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(b > 0, "SafeMath: ceiling division by 0");
                      return a / b + (a % b == 0 ? 0 : 1);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/GPv2EIP1271.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Trade.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Signing Library.
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              abstract contract GPv2Signing {
                  using GPv2Order for GPv2Order.Data;
                  using GPv2Order for bytes;
                  /// @dev Recovered trade data containing the extracted order and the
                  /// recovered owner address.
                  struct RecoveredOrder {
                      GPv2Order.Data data;
                      bytes uid;
                      address owner;
                      address receiver;
                  }
                  /// @dev Signing scheme used for recovery.
                  enum Scheme {Eip712, EthSign, Eip1271, PreSign}
                  /// @dev The EIP-712 domain type hash used for computing the domain
                  /// separator.
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_TYPE_HASH =
                      keccak256(
                          "EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
                      );
                  /// @dev The EIP-712 domain name used for computing the domain separator.
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_NAME = keccak256("Gnosis Protocol");
                  /// @dev The EIP-712 domain version used for computing the domain separator.
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_VERSION = keccak256("v2");
                  /// @dev Marker value indicating an order is pre-signed.
                  uint256 private constant PRE_SIGNED =
                      uint256(keccak256("GPv2Signing.Scheme.PreSign"));
                  /// @dev The domain separator used for signing orders that gets mixed in
                  /// making signatures for different domains incompatible. This domain
                  /// separator is computed following the EIP-712 standard and has replay
                  /// protection mixed in so that signed orders are only valid for specific
                  /// GPv2 contracts.
                  bytes32 public immutable domainSeparator;
                  /// @dev Storage indicating whether or not an order has been signed by a
                  /// particular address.
                  mapping(bytes => uint256) public preSignature;
                  /// @dev Event that is emitted when an account either pre-signs an order or
                  /// revokes an existing pre-signature.
                  event PreSignature(address indexed owner, bytes orderUid, bool signed);
                  constructor() {
                      // NOTE: Currently, the only way to get the chain ID in solidity is
                      // using assembly.
                      uint256 chainId;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          chainId := chainid()
                      }
                      domainSeparator = keccak256(
                          abi.encode(
                              DOMAIN_TYPE_HASH,
                              DOMAIN_NAME,
                              DOMAIN_VERSION,
                              chainId,
                              address(this)
                          )
                      );
                  }
                  /// @dev Sets a presignature for the specified order UID.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The unique identifier of the order to pre-sign.
                  function setPreSignature(bytes calldata orderUid, bool signed) external {
                      (, address owner, ) = orderUid.extractOrderUidParams();
                      require(owner == msg.sender, "GPv2: cannot presign order");
                      if (signed) {
                          preSignature[orderUid] = PRE_SIGNED;
                      } else {
                          preSignature[orderUid] = 0;
                      }
                      emit PreSignature(owner, orderUid, signed);
                  }
                  /// @dev Returns an empty recovered order with a pre-allocated buffer for
                  /// packing the unique identifier.
                  ///
                  /// @return recoveredOrder The empty recovered order data.
                  function allocateRecoveredOrder()
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder)
                  {
                      recoveredOrder.uid = new bytes(GPv2Order.UID_LENGTH);
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts order data and recovers the signer from the specified
                  /// trade.
                  ///
                  /// @param recoveredOrder Memory location used for writing the recovered order data.
                  /// @param tokens The list of tokens included in the settlement. The token
                  /// indices in the trade parameters map to tokens in this array.
                  /// @param trade The trade data to recover the order data from.
                  function recoverOrderFromTrade(
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder,
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade
                  ) internal view {
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order = recoveredOrder.data;
                      Scheme signingScheme = GPv2Trade.extractOrder(trade, tokens, order);
                      (bytes32 orderDigest, address owner) =
                          recoverOrderSigner(order, signingScheme, trade.signature);
                      recoveredOrder.uid.packOrderUidParams(
                          orderDigest,
                          owner,
                          order.validTo
                      );
                      recoveredOrder.owner = owner;
                      recoveredOrder.receiver = order.actualReceiver(owner);
                  }
                  /// @dev The length of any signature from an externally owned account.
                  uint256 private constant ECDSA_SIGNATURE_LENGTH = 65;
                  /// @dev Recovers an order's signer from the specified order and signature.
                  ///
                  /// @param order The order to recover a signature for.
                  /// @param signingScheme The signing scheme.
                  /// @param signature The signature bytes.
                  /// @return orderDigest The computed order hash.
                  /// @return owner The recovered address from the specified signature.
                  function recoverOrderSigner(
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order,
                      Scheme signingScheme,
                      bytes calldata signature
                  ) internal view returns (bytes32 orderDigest, address owner) {
                      orderDigest = order.hash(domainSeparator);
                      if (signingScheme == Scheme.Eip712) {
                          owner = recoverEip712Signer(orderDigest, signature);
                      } else if (signingScheme == Scheme.EthSign) {
                          owner = recoverEthsignSigner(orderDigest, signature);
                      } else if (signingScheme == Scheme.Eip1271) {
                          owner = recoverEip1271Signer(orderDigest, signature);
                      } else {
                          // signingScheme == Scheme.PreSign
                          owner = recoverPreSigner(orderDigest, signature, order.validTo);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Perform an ECDSA recover for the specified message and calldata
                  /// signature.
                  ///
                  /// The signature is encoded by tighyly packing the following struct:
                  /// ```
                  /// struct EncodedSignature {
                  ///     bytes32 r;
                  ///     bytes32 s;
                  ///     uint8 v;
                  /// }
                  /// ```
                  ///
                  /// @param message The signed message.
                  /// @param encodedSignature The encoded signature.
                  function ecdsaRecover(bytes32 message, bytes calldata encodedSignature)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (address signer)
                  {
                      require(
                          encodedSignature.length == ECDSA_SIGNATURE_LENGTH,
                          "GPv2: malformed ecdsa signature"
                      );
                      bytes32 r;
                      bytes32 s;
                      uint8 v;
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to efficiently decode signature data.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          // r = uint256(encodedSignature[0:32])
                          r := calldataload(encodedSignature.offset)
                          // s = uint256(encodedSignature[32:64])
                          s := calldataload(add(encodedSignature.offset, 32))
                          // v = uint8(encodedSignature[64])
                          v := shr(248, calldataload(add(encodedSignature.offset, 64)))
                      }
                      signer = ecrecover(message, v, r, s);
                      require(signer != address(0), "GPv2: invalid ecdsa signature");
                  }
                  /// @dev Decodes signature bytes originating from an EIP-712-encoded
                  /// signature.
                  ///
                  /// EIP-712 signs typed data. The specifications are described in the
                  /// related EIP (<https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712>).
                  ///
                  /// EIP-712 signatures are encoded as standard ECDSA signatures as described
                  /// in the corresponding decoding function [`ecdsaRecover`].
                  ///
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param encodedSignature Calldata pointing to tightly packed signature
                  /// bytes.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverEip712Signer(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature
                  ) internal pure returns (address owner) {
                      owner = ecdsaRecover(orderDigest, encodedSignature);
                  }
                  /// @dev Decodes signature bytes originating from the output of the eth_sign
                  /// RPC call.
                  ///
                  /// The specifications are described in the Ethereum documentation
                  /// (<https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign>).
                  ///
                  /// eth_sign signatures are encoded as standard ECDSA signatures as
                  /// described in the corresponding decoding function
                  /// [`ecdsaRecover`].
                  ///
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param encodedSignature Calldata pointing to tightly packed signature
                  /// bytes.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverEthsignSigner(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature
                  ) internal pure returns (address owner) {
                      // The signed message is encoded as:
                      // `"\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
              " || length || data`, where
                      // the length is a constant (32 bytes) and the data is defined as:
                      // `orderDigest`.
                      bytes32 ethsignDigest =
                          keccak256(
                              abi.encodePacked(
                                  "\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
              32",
                                  orderDigest
                              )
                          );
                      owner = ecdsaRecover(ethsignDigest, encodedSignature);
                  }
                  /// @dev Verifies the input calldata as an EIP-1271 contract signature and
                  /// returns the address of the signer.
                  ///
                  /// The encoded signature tightly packs the following struct:
                  ///
                  /// ```
                  /// struct EncodedEip1271Signature {
                  ///     address owner;
                  ///     bytes signature;
                  /// }
                  /// ```
                  ///
                  /// This function enforces that the encoded data stores enough bytes to
                  /// cover the full length of the decoded signature.
                  ///
                  /// @param encodedSignature The encoded EIP-1271 signature.
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverEip1271Signer(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature
                  ) internal view returns (address owner) {
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to read the verifier address from the encoded
                      // signature bytes.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          // owner = address(encodedSignature[0:20])
                          owner := shr(96, calldataload(encodedSignature.offset))
                      }
                      // NOTE: Configure prettier to ignore the following line as it causes
                      // a panic in the Solidity plugin.
                      // prettier-ignore
                      bytes calldata signature = encodedSignature[20:];
                      require(
                          EIP1271Verifier(owner).isValidSignature(orderDigest, signature) ==
                              GPv2EIP1271.MAGICVALUE,
                          "GPv2: invalid eip1271 signature"
                      );
                  }
                  /// @dev Verifies the order has been pre-signed. The signature is the
                  /// address of the signer of the order.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param encodedSignature The pre-sign signature reprenting the order UID.
                  /// @param validTo The order expiry timestamp.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverPreSigner(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature,
                      uint32 validTo
                  ) internal view returns (address owner) {
                      require(encodedSignature.length == 20, "GPv2: malformed presignature");
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to read the owner address from the encoded
                      // signature bytes.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          // owner = address(encodedSignature[0:20])
                          owner := shr(96, calldataload(encodedSignature.offset))
                      }
                      bytes memory orderUid = new bytes(GPv2Order.UID_LENGTH);
                      orderUid.packOrderUidParams(orderDigest, owner, validTo);
                      require(
                          preSignature[orderUid] == PRE_SIGNED,
                          "GPv2: order not presigned"
                      );
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
               *
               * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
               * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
               * (reentrant) calls to them.
               *
               * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
               * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
               * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
               * points to them.
               *
               * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
               * to protect against it, check out our blog post
               * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
               */
              abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
                  // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
                  // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
                  // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
                  // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
                  // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
                  // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
                  // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
                  // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
                  // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
                  // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
                  uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
                  uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
                  uint256 private _status;
                  constructor() {
                      _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
                   * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
                   * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
                   * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and make it call a
                   * `private` function that does the actual work.
                   */
                  modifier nonReentrant() {
                      // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
                      require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
                      // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                      _status = _ENTERED;
                      _;
                      // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                      // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                      _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
              // Vendored from Gnosis utility contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Added linter directives to ignore low level call and assembly warnings
              // <https://github.com/gnosis/util-contracts/blob/v3.1.0-solc-7/contracts/StorageAccessible.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title ViewStorageAccessible - Interface on top of StorageAccessible base class to allow simulations from view functions
              interface ViewStorageAccessible {
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as `simulateDelegatecall` on StorageAccessible. Marked as view so that it can be called from external contracts
                   * that want to run simulations from within view functions. Will revert if the invoked simulation attempts to change state.
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecall(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) external view returns (bytes memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as `getStorageAt` on StorageAccessible. This method allows reading aribtrary ranges of storage.
                   */
                  function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes memory);
              }
              /// @title StorageAccessible - generic base contract that allows callers to access all internal storage.
              contract StorageAccessible {
                  /**
                   * @dev Reads `length` bytes of storage in the currents contract
                   * @param offset - the offset in the current contract's storage in words to start reading from
                   * @param length - the number of words (32 bytes) of data to read
                   * @return the bytes that were read.
                   */
                  function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes memory)
                  {
                      bytes memory result = new bytes(length * 32);
                      for (uint256 index = 0; index < length; index++) {
                          // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                          assembly {
                              let word := sload(add(offset, index))
                              mstore(add(add(result, 0x20), mul(index, 0x20)), word)
                          }
                      }
                      return result;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a delegetecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
                   * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static). Catches revert and returns encoded result as bytes.
                   * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
                   * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecall(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) public returns (bytes memory response) {
                      bytes memory innerCall =
                          abi.encodeWithSelector(
                              this.simulateDelegatecallInternal.selector,
                              targetContract,
                              calldataPayload
                          );
                      // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                      (, response) = address(this).call(innerCall);
                      bool innerSuccess = response[response.length - 1] == 0x01;
                      setLength(response, response.length - 1);
                      if (innerSuccess) {
                          return response;
                      } else {
                          revertWith(response);
                      }
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a delegetecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
                   * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static). Returns encoded result as revert message
                   * concatenated with the success flag of the inner call as a last byte.
                   * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
                   * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecallInternal(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) external returns (bytes memory response) {
                      bool success;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                      (success, response) = targetContract.delegatecall(calldataPayload);
                      revertWith(abi.encodePacked(response, success));
                  }
                  function revertWith(bytes memory response) internal pure {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          revert(add(response, 0x20), mload(response))
                      }
                  }
                  function setLength(bytes memory buffer, uint256 length) internal pure {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mstore(buffer, length)
                      }
                  }
              }
              

              File 2 of 7: SimpleToken
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20.sol";
              contract SimpleToken is ERC20 {
                  constructor(
                      string memory name,
                      string memory symbol,
                      uint256 totalSupply_
                  ) ERC20(name, symbol) {
                      _mint(msg.sender, totalSupply_);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              /**
               * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
               * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
               * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
               * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
               * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
               * is concerned).
               *
               * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
               */
              abstract contract Context {
                  function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                      return msg.sender;
                  }
                  function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                      return msg.data;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              import "../IERC20.sol";
              /**
               * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
               *
               * _Available since v4.1._
               */
              interface IERC20Metadata is IERC20 {
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                   */
                  function name() external view returns (string memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
                   */
                  function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
                   */
                  function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              /**
               * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
               */
              interface IERC20 {
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                   */
                  function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                   */
                  function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                   * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                   * zero by default.
                   *
                   * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                   */
                  function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                   * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                   * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                   * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                   * desired value afterwards:
                   * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event.
                   */
                  function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                   * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                   * allowance.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transferFrom(
                      address sender,
                      address recipient,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                   * another (`to`).
                   *
                   * Note that `value` may be zero.
                   */
                  event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                   * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                   */
                  event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/ERC20.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              import "./IERC20.sol";
              import "./extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol";
              import "../../utils/Context.sol";
              /**
               * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
               *
               * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
               * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
               * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.
               *
               * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
               * https://forum.zeppelin.solutions/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
               * to implement supply mechanisms].
               *
               * We have followed general OpenZeppelin Contracts guidelines: functions revert
               * instead returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless
               * conventional and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20
               * applications.
               *
               * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
               * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
               * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
               * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
               *
               * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}
               * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting
               * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.
               */
              contract ERC20 is Context, IERC20, IERC20Metadata {
                  mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
                  mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) private _allowances;
                  uint256 private _totalSupply;
                  string private _name;
                  string private _symbol;
                  /**
                   * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
                   *
                   * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To select a different value for
                   * {decimals} you should overload it.
                   *
                   * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
                   * construction.
                   */
                  constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
                      _name = name_;
                      _symbol = symbol_;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                   */
                  function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                      return _name;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
                   * name.
                   */
                  function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                      return _symbol;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
                   * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
                   * be displayed to a user as `5.05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
                   *
                   * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
                   * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless this function is
                   * overridden;
                   *
                   * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
                   * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
                   * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
                   */
                  function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {
                      return 18;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
                   */
                  function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                      return _totalSupply;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
                   */
                  function balanceOf(address account) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                      return _balances[account];
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                   */
                  function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                      _transfer(_msgSender(), recipient, amount);
                      return true;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
                   */
                  function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                      return _allowances[owner][spender];
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                   */
                  function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                      _approve(_msgSender(), spender, amount);
                      return true;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
                   * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `sender` and `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                   * - the caller must have allowance for ``sender``'s tokens of at least
                   * `amount`.
                   */
                  function transferFrom(
                      address sender,
                      address recipient,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                      _transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                      uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[sender][_msgSender()];
                      require(currentAllowance >= amount, "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds allowance");
                      unchecked {
                          _approve(sender, _msgSender(), currentAllowance - amount);
                      }
                      return true;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                   *
                   * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                   * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                   */
                  function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
                      _approve(_msgSender(), spender, _allowances[_msgSender()][spender] + addedValue);
                      return true;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                   *
                   * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                   * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least
                   * `subtractedValue`.
                   */
                  function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
                      uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[_msgSender()][spender];
                      require(currentAllowance >= subtractedValue, "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                      unchecked {
                          _approve(_msgSender(), spender, currentAllowance - subtractedValue);
                      }
                      return true;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` of tokens from `sender` to `recipient`.
                   *
                   * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
                   * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `sender` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                   */
                  function _transfer(
                      address sender,
                      address recipient,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) internal virtual {
                      require(sender != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
                      require(recipient != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");
                      _beforeTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                      uint256 senderBalance = _balances[sender];
                      require(senderBalance >= amount, "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance");
                      unchecked {
                          _balances[sender] = senderBalance - amount;
                      }
                      _balances[recipient] += amount;
                      emit Transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                      _afterTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);
                  }
                  /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing
                   * the total supply.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                   */
                  function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                      require(account != address(0), "ERC20: mint to the zero address");
                      _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
                      _totalSupply += amount;
                      _balances[account] += amount;
                      emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);
                      _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the
                   * total supply.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
                   */
                  function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                      require(account != address(0), "ERC20: burn from the zero address");
                      _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
                      uint256 accountBalance = _balances[account];
                      require(accountBalance >= amount, "ERC20: burn amount exceeds balance");
                      unchecked {
                          _balances[account] = accountBalance - amount;
                      }
                      _totalSupply -= amount;
                      emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);
                      _afterTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
                   *
                   * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
                   * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                   */
                  function _approve(
                      address owner,
                      address spender,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) internal virtual {
                      require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
                      require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");
                      _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;
                      emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes
                   * minting and burning.
                   *
                   * Calling conditions:
                   *
                   * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
                   * will be transferred to `to`.
                   * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.
                   * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
                   * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
                   *
                   * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                   */
                  function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) internal virtual {}
                  /**
                   * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
                   * minting and burning.
                   *
                   * Calling conditions:
                   *
                   * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
                   * has been transferred to `to`.
                   * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens have been minted for `to`.
                   * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens have been burned.
                   * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
                   *
                   * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                   */
                  function _afterTokenTransfer(
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) internal virtual {}
              }
              

              File 3 of 7: WETH9
              // Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub
              
              // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
              // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
              // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
              // (at your option) any later version.
              
              // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
              // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
              // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
              // GNU General Public License for more details.
              
              // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
              // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
              
              pragma solidity ^0.4.18;
              
              contract WETH9 {
                  string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
                  string public symbol   = "WETH";
                  uint8  public decimals = 18;
              
                  event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
                  event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
                  event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
                  event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);
              
                  mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
                  mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;
              
                  function() public payable {
                      deposit();
                  }
                  function deposit() public payable {
                      balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
                      Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
                  }
                  function withdraw(uint wad) public {
                      require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
                      balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
                      msg.sender.transfer(wad);
                      Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
                  }
              
                  function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
                      return this.balance;
                  }
              
                  function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                      allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
                      Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
                      return true;
                  }
              
                  function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                      return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
                  }
              
                  function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
                      public
                      returns (bool)
                  {
                      require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);
              
                      if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
                          require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
                          allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
                      }
              
                      balanceOf[src] -= wad;
                      balanceOf[dst] += wad;
              
                      Transfer(src, dst, wad);
              
                      return true;
                  }
              }
              
              
              /*
                                  GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                                     Version 3, 29 June 2007
              
               Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
               Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
               of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
              
                                          Preamble
              
                The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
              software and other kinds of works.
              
                The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
              to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
              the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
              share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
              software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
              GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
              any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
              your programs, too.
              
                When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
              price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
              have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
              them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
              want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
              free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
              
                To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
              these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
              certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
              you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
              
                For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
              gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
              freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
              or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
              know their rights.
              
                Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
              (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
              giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
              
                For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
              that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
              authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
              changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
              authors of previous versions.
              
                Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
              modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
              can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
              protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
              pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
              use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
              have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
              products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
              stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
              of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
              
                Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
              States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
              software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
              avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
              make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
              patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
              
                The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
              modification follow.
              
                                     TERMS AND CONDITIONS
              
                0. Definitions.
              
                "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
              
                "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
              works, such as semiconductor masks.
              
                "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
              License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
              "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
              
                To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
              in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
              exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
              earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
              
                A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
              on the Program.
              
                To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
              permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
              infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
              computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
              distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
              public, and in some countries other activities as well.
              
                To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
              parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
              a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
              
                An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
              to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
              feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
              tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
              extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
              work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
              the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
              menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
              
                1. Source Code.
              
                The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
              for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
              form of a work.
              
                A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
              standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
              interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
              is widely used among developers working in that language.
              
                The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
              than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
              packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
              Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
              Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
              implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
              "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
              (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
              (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
              produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
              
                The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
              the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
              work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
              control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
              System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
              programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
              which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
              includes interface definition files associated with source files for
              the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
              linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
              such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
              subprograms and other parts of the work.
              
                The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
              can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
              Source.
              
                The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
              same work.
              
                2. Basic Permissions.
              
                All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
              copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
              conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
              permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
              covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
              content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
              rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
              
                You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
              convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
              in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
              of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
              with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
              the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
              not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
              for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
              and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
              your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
              
                Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
              the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
              makes it unnecessary.
              
                3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
              
                No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
              measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
              11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
              similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
              measures.
              
                When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
              circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
              is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
              the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
              modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
              users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
              technological measures.
              
                4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
              
                You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
              receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
              appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
              keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
              non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
              keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
              recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
              
                You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
              and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
              
                5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
              
                You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
              produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
              terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
              
                  a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
                  it, and giving a relevant date.
              
                  b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
                  released under this License and any conditions added under section
                  7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
                  "keep intact all notices".
              
                  c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
                  License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
                  License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
                  additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
                  regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
                  permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
                  invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
              
                  d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
                  Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
                  interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
                  work need not make them do so.
              
                A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
              works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
              and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
              in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
              "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
              used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
              beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
              in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
              parts of the aggregate.
              
                6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
              
                You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
              of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
              machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
              in one of these ways:
              
                  a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                  (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
                  Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
                  customarily used for software interchange.
              
                  b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                  (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
                  written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
                  long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
                  model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
                  copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
                  product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
                  medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
                  more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
                  conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
                  Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
              
                  c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
                  written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
                  alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
                  only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
                  with subsection 6b.
              
                  d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
                  place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
                  Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
                  further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
                  Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
                  copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
                  may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
                  that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
                  clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
                  Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
                  Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
                  available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
              
                  e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
                  you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
                  Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
                  charge under subsection 6d.
              
                A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
              from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
              included in conveying the object code work.
              
                A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
              tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
              or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
              into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
              doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
              product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
              typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
              of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
              actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
              is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
              commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
              the only significant mode of use of the product.
              
                "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
              procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
              and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
              a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
              suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
              code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
              modification has been made.
              
                If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
              specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
              part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
              User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
              fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
              Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
              by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
              if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
              modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
              been installed in ROM).
              
                The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
              requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
              for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
              the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
              network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
              adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
              protocols for communication across the network.
              
                Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
              in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
              documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
              source code form), and must require no special password or key for
              unpacking, reading or copying.
              
                7. Additional Terms.
              
                "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
              License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
              Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
              be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
              that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
              apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
              under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
              this License without regard to the additional permissions.
              
                When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
              remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
              it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
              removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
              additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
              for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
              
                Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
              add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
              that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
              
                  a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
                  terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
              
                  b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
                  author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
                  Notices displayed by works containing it; or
              
                  c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
                  requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
                  reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
              
                  d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
                  authors of the material; or
              
                  e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
                  trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
              
                  f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
                  material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
                  it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
                  any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
                  those licensors and authors.
              
                All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
              restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
              received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
              governed by this License along with a term that is a further
              restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
              a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
              License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
              of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
              not survive such relicensing or conveying.
              
                If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
              must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
              additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
              where to find the applicable terms.
              
                Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
              form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
              the above requirements apply either way.
              
                8. Termination.
              
                You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
              provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
              modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
              this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
              paragraph of section 11).
              
                However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
              license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
              provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
              finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
              holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
              prior to 60 days after the cessation.
              
                Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
              reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
              violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
              received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
              copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
              your receipt of the notice.
              
                Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
              licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
              this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
              reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
              material under section 10.
              
                9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
              
                You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
              run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
              occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
              to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
              nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
              modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
              not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
              covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
              
                10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
              
                Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
              receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
              propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
              for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
              
                An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
              organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
              organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
              work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
              transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
              licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
              give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
              Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
              the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
              
                You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
              rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
              not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
              rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
              (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
              any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
              sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
              
                11. Patents.
              
                A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
              License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
              work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
              
                A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
              owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
              hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
              by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
              but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
              consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
              purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
              patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
              this License.
              
                Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
              patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
              make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
              propagate the contents of its contributor version.
              
                In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
              agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
              (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
              sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
              party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
              patent against the party.
              
                If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
              and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
              to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
              publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
              then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
              available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
              patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
              consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
              license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
              actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
              covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
              in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
              country that you have reason to believe are valid.
              
                If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
              arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
              covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
              receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
              or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
              you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
              work and works based on it.
              
                A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
              the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
              conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
              specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
              work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
              in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
              to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
              the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
              parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
              patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
              conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
              for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
              contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
              or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
              
                Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
              any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
              otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
              
                12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
              
                If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
              otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
              excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
              covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
              License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
              not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
              to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
              the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
              License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
              
                13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
              
                Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
              permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
              under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
              combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
              License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
              but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
              section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
              combination as such.
              
                14. Revised Versions of this License.
              
                The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
              the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
              be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
              address new problems or concerns.
              
                Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
              Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
              Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
              option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
              version or of any later version published by the Free Software
              Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
              GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
              by the Free Software Foundation.
              
                If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
              versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
              public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
              to choose that version for the Program.
              
                Later license versions may give you additional or different
              permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
              author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
              later version.
              
                15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
              
                THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
              APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
              HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
              OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
              THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
              PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
              IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
              ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
              
                16. Limitation of Liability.
              
                IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
              WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
              THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
              GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
              USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
              DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
              PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
              EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
              SUCH DAMAGES.
              
                17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
              
                If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
              above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
              reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
              an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
              Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
              copy of the Program in return for a fee.
              
                                   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
              
                          How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
              
                If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
              possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
              free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
              
                To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
              to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
              state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
              the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
              
                  <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
                  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
              
                  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                  (at your option) any later version.
              
                  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                  GNU General Public License for more details.
              
                  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
              
              Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
              
                If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
              notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
              
                  <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                  This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
                  This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
                  under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
              
              The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
              parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
              might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
              
                You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
              if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
              For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
              <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
              
                The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
              into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
              may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
              the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
              Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
              <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
              
              */

              File 4 of 7: BebopSettlement
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC1271.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              /**
               * @dev Interface of the ERC1271 standard signature validation method for
               * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
               *
               * _Available since v4.1._
               */
              interface IERC1271 {
                  /**
                   * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
                   * @param hash      Hash of the data to be signed
                   * @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
                   */
                  function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              /**
               * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
               *
               * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
               * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
               * (reentrant) calls to them.
               *
               * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
               * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
               * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
               * points to them.
               *
               * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
               * to protect against it, check out our blog post
               * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
               */
              abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
                  // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
                  // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
                  // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
                  // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
                  // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
                  // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
                  // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
                  // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
                  // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
                  // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
                  uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
                  uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
                  uint256 private _status;
                  constructor() {
                      _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
                   * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
                   * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
                   * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
                   * `private` function that does the actual work.
                   */
                  modifier nonReentrant() {
                      _nonReentrantBefore();
                      _;
                      _nonReentrantAfter();
                  }
                  function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
                      // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
                      require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
                      // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                      _status = _ENTERED;
                  }
                  function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
                      // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                      // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                      _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns true if the reentrancy guard is currently set to "entered", which indicates there is a
                   * `nonReentrant` function in the call stack.
                   */
                  function _reentrancyGuardEntered() internal view returns (bool) {
                      return _status == _ENTERED;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              /**
               * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
               * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
               *
               * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
               * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
               * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
               */
              interface IERC20Permit {
                  /**
                   * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
                   * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
                   *
                   * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
                   * ordering also apply here.
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                   * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
                   * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
                   * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
                   * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
                   *
                   * For more information on the signature format, see the
                   * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
                   * section].
                   */
                  function permit(
                      address owner,
                      address spender,
                      uint256 value,
                      uint256 deadline,
                      uint8 v,
                      bytes32 r,
                      bytes32 s
                  ) external;
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
                   * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
                   *
                   * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
                   * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
                   */
                  function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
                   */
                  // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
                  function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              /**
               * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
               */
              interface IERC20 {
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                   * another (`to`).
                   *
                   * Note that `value` may be zero.
                   */
                  event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                   * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                   */
                  event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                   */
                  function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                   */
                  function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                   * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                   * zero by default.
                   *
                   * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                   */
                  function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                   * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                   * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                   * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                   * desired value afterwards:
                   * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event.
                   */
                  function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
                   * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                   * allowance.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              import "../IERC20.sol";
              import "../extensions/IERC20Permit.sol";
              import "../../../utils/Address.sol";
              /**
               * @title SafeERC20
               * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
               * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
               * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
               * successful.
               * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
               * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
               */
              library SafeERC20 {
                  using Address for address;
                  /**
                   * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from the calling contract to `to`. If `token` returns no value,
                   * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
                   */
                  function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                      _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from `from` to `to`, spending the approval given by `from` to the
                   * calling contract. If `token` returns no value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
                   */
                  function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                      _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
                   * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
                   *
                   * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
                   * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
                   */
                  function safeApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                      // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
                      // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
                      // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
                      require(
                          (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
                          "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
                      );
                      _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Increase the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `value`. If `token` returns no value,
                   * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
                   */
                  function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                      uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
                      _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, oldAllowance + value));
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Decrease the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `value`. If `token` returns no value,
                   * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
                   */
                  function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                      unchecked {
                          uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
                          require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                          _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, oldAllowance - value));
                      }
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Set the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` to `value`. If `token` returns no value,
                   * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful. Compatible with tokens that require the approval to be set to
                   * 0 before setting it to a non-zero value.
                   */
                  function forceApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                      bytes memory approvalCall = abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value);
                      if (!_callOptionalReturnBool(token, approvalCall)) {
                          _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, 0));
                          _callOptionalReturn(token, approvalCall);
                      }
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Use a ERC-2612 signature to set the `owner` approval toward `spender` on `token`.
                   * Revert on invalid signature.
                   */
                  function safePermit(
                      IERC20Permit token,
                      address owner,
                      address spender,
                      uint256 value,
                      uint256 deadline,
                      uint8 v,
                      bytes32 r,
                      bytes32 s
                  ) internal {
                      uint256 nonceBefore = token.nonces(owner);
                      token.permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
                      uint256 nonceAfter = token.nonces(owner);
                      require(nonceAfter == nonceBefore + 1, "SafeERC20: permit did not succeed");
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
                   * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
                   * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                   * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
                   */
                  function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
                      // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
                      // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
                      // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
                      bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
                      require(returndata.length == 0 || abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
                   * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
                   * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                   * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
                   *
                   * This is a variant of {_callOptionalReturn} that silents catches all reverts and returns a bool instead.
                   */
                  function _callOptionalReturnBool(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private returns (bool) {
                      // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
                      // we're implementing it ourselves. We cannot use {Address-functionCall} here since this should return false
                      // and not revert is the subcall reverts.
                      (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(token).call(data);
                      return
                          success && (returndata.length == 0 || abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) && Address.isContract(address(token));
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Address.sol)
              pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
              /**
               * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
               */
              library Address {
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                   *
                   * [IMPORTANT]
                   * ====
                   * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                   * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                   *
                   * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                   * types of addresses:
                   *
                   *  - an externally-owned account
                   *  - a contract in construction
                   *  - an address where a contract will be created
                   *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                   *
                   * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
                   * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
                   * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
                   * ====
                   *
                   * [IMPORTANT]
                   * ====
                   * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
                   *
                   * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
                   * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
                   * constructor.
                   * ====
                   */
                  function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                      // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
                      // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
                      // of the constructor execution.
                      return account.code.length > 0;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                   * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                   *
                   * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                   * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                   * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                   * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                   *
                   * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                   *
                   * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                   * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                   * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                   * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                   */
                  function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                      require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                      (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                      require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                   * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                   * function instead.
                   *
                   * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                   * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                   *
                   * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                   * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - `target` must be a contract.
                   * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.1._
                   */
                  function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                      return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                   * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.1._
                   */
                  function functionCall(
                      address target,
                      bytes memory data,
                      string memory errorMessage
                  ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                      return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                   * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                   * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.1._
                   */
                  function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                      return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                   * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.1._
                   */
                  function functionCallWithValue(
                      address target,
                      bytes memory data,
                      uint256 value,
                      string memory errorMessage
                  ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                      require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                      (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                      return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                   * but performing a static call.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.3._
                   */
                  function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                      return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                   * but performing a static call.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.3._
                   */
                  function functionStaticCall(
                      address target,
                      bytes memory data,
                      string memory errorMessage
                  ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                      (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                      return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                   * but performing a delegate call.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.4._
                   */
                  function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                      return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                   * but performing a delegate call.
                   *
                   * _Available since v3.4._
                   */
                  function functionDelegateCall(
                      address target,
                      bytes memory data,
                      string memory errorMessage
                  ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                      (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                      return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
                   * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
                   *
                   * _Available since v4.8._
                   */
                  function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
                      address target,
                      bool success,
                      bytes memory returndata,
                      string memory errorMessage
                  ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                      if (success) {
                          if (returndata.length == 0) {
                              // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                              // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                              require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                          }
                          return returndata;
                      } else {
                          _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
                      }
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
                   * revert reason or using the provided one.
                   *
                   * _Available since v4.3._
                   */
                  function verifyCallResult(
                      bool success,
                      bytes memory returndata,
                      string memory errorMessage
                  ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                      if (success) {
                          return returndata;
                      } else {
                          _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
                      }
                  }
                  function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
                      // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                      if (returndata.length > 0) {
                          // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                          /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                          assembly {
                              let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                              revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                          }
                      } else {
                          revert(errorMessage);
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              import "../libs/Order.sol";
              import "../libs/Signature.sol";
              import "../libs/common/BytesLib.sol";
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC1271.sol";
              abstract contract BebopSigning {
                  event OrderSignerRegistered(address maker, address signer, bool allowed);
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_NAME = keccak256("BebopSettlement");
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_VERSION = keccak256("1");
                  bytes4 private constant EIP1271_MAGICVALUE = bytes4(keccak256("isValidSignature(bytes32,bytes)"));
                  uint256 private constant ETH_SIGN_HASH_PREFIX = 0x19457468657265756d205369676e6564204d6573736167653a0a333200000000;
                  bytes32 public constant EIP712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(
                      "EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
                  ));
                  bytes32 public constant AGGREGATED_ORDER_TYPE_HASH = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(
                      "Aggregate(uint256 expiry,address taker_address,address[] maker_addresses,uint256[] maker_nonces,address[][] taker_tokens,address[][] maker_tokens,uint256[][] taker_amounts,uint256[][] maker_amounts,address receiver,bytes commands)"
                  ));
                  bytes32 public constant PARTIAL_AGGREGATED_ORDER_TYPE_HASH = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(
                      "Partial(uint256 expiry,address taker_address,address maker_address,uint256 maker_nonce,address[] taker_tokens,address[] maker_tokens,uint256[] taker_amounts,uint256[] maker_amounts,address receiver,bytes commands)"
                  ));
                  bytes32 private immutable _CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
                  uint256 private immutable _CACHED_CHAIN_ID;
                  mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private maker_validator;
                  mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private orderSignerRegistry;
                  constructor(){
                      _CACHED_CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
                      _CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = keccak256(
                          abi.encode(EIP712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH, DOMAIN_NAME, DOMAIN_VERSION, block.chainid, address(this))
                      );
                  }
                  function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view returns (bytes32) {
                      return block.chainid == _CACHED_CHAIN_ID
                          ? _CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                          : keccak256(
                              abi.encode(EIP712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH, DOMAIN_NAME, DOMAIN_VERSION, block.chainid, address(this))
                          );
                  }
                  function hashAggregateOrder(Order.Aggregate memory order) public view returns (bytes32) {
                      return
                      keccak256(
                          abi.encodePacked(
                              "\\x19\\x01",
                              DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                              keccak256(
                                  abi.encode(
                                      AGGREGATED_ORDER_TYPE_HASH,
                                      order.expiry,
                                      order.taker_address,
                                      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(order.maker_addresses)),
                                      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(order.maker_nonces)),
                                      keccak256(encodeTightlyPackedNested(order.taker_tokens)),
                                      keccak256(encodeTightlyPackedNested(order.maker_tokens)),
                                      keccak256(encodeTightlyPackedNestedInt(order.taker_amounts)),
                                      keccak256(encodeTightlyPackedNestedInt(order.maker_amounts)),
                                      order.receiver,
                                      keccak256(order.commands)
                                  )
                              )
                          )
                      );
                  }
                  function hashPartialOrder(Order.Partial memory order) public view returns (bytes32) {
                      return
                      keccak256(
                          abi.encodePacked(
                              "\\x19\\x01",
                              DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                              keccak256(
                                  abi.encode(
                                      PARTIAL_AGGREGATED_ORDER_TYPE_HASH,
                                      order.expiry,
                                      order.taker_address,
                                      order.maker_address,
                                      order.maker_nonce,
                                      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(order.taker_tokens)),
                                      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(order.maker_tokens)),
                                      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(order.taker_amounts)),
                                      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(order.maker_amounts)),
                                      order.receiver,
                                      keccak256(order.commands)
                                  )
                              )
                          )
                      );
                  }
                  function registerAllowedOrderSigner(address signer, bool allowed) external {
                      orderSignerRegistry[msg.sender][signer] = allowed;
                      emit OrderSignerRegistered(msg.sender, signer, allowed);
                  }
                  function validateSignature(
                      address validationAddress,
                      bytes32 hash,
                      Signature.TypedSignature memory signature,
                      bool isMaker
                  ) public view {
                      if (signature.signatureType == Signature.Type.EIP712) {
                          // Signed using EIP712
                          (bytes32 r, bytes32 s, uint8 v) = Signature.getRsv(signature.signatureBytes);
                          address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
                          require(signer != address(0), "Invalid signer");
                          if (signer != validationAddress && (!isMaker || !orderSignerRegistry[validationAddress][signer])) {
                              revert("Invalid EIP712 order signature");
                          }
                      } else if (signature.signatureType == Signature.Type.EIP1271) {
                          require(
                              IERC1271(validationAddress).isValidSignature(hash, signature.signatureBytes) == EIP1271_MAGICVALUE,
                              "Invalid EIP1271 order signature"
                          );
                      } else if (signature.signatureType == Signature.Type.ETHSIGN) {
                          bytes32 ethSignHash;
                          assembly {
                              mstore(0, ETH_SIGN_HASH_PREFIX) // length of 28 bytes
                              mstore(28, hash) // length of 32 bytes
                              ethSignHash := keccak256(0, 60)
                          }
                          (bytes32 r, bytes32 s, uint8 v) = Signature.getRsv(signature.signatureBytes);
                          address signer = ecrecover(ethSignHash, v, r, s);
                          require(signer != address(0), "Invalid signer");
                          if (signer != validationAddress && (!isMaker || !orderSignerRegistry[validationAddress][signer])) {
                              revert("Invalid ETHSIGH order signature");
                          }
                      } else {
                          revert("Invalid Signature Type");
                      }
                  }
                  function encodeTightlyPackedNestedInt(uint256[][] memory _nested_array) private pure returns (bytes memory encoded) {
                      uint nested_array_length = _nested_array.length;
                      for (uint i = 0; i < nested_array_length; i++) {
                          encoded = abi.encodePacked(
                              encoded,
                              keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_nested_array[i]))
                          );
                      }
                      return encoded;
                  }
                  function encodeTightlyPackedNested(address[][] memory _nested_array) private pure returns (bytes memory encoded) {
                      uint nested_array_length = _nested_array.length;
                      for (uint i = 0; i < nested_array_length; i++) {
                          encoded = abi.encodePacked(
                              encoded,
                              keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_nested_array[i]))
                          );
                      }
                      return encoded;
                  }
                  function invalidateOrder(address maker, uint256 nonce) private {
                      require(nonce != 0, "Nonce must be non-zero");
                      uint256 invalidatorSlot = nonce >> 8;
                      uint256 invalidatorBit = 1 << (nonce & 0xff);
                      mapping(uint256 => uint256) storage invalidatorStorage = maker_validator[maker];
                      uint256 invalidator = invalidatorStorage[invalidatorSlot];
                      require(invalidator & invalidatorBit != invalidatorBit, "Invalid maker order (nonce)");
                      invalidatorStorage[invalidatorSlot] = invalidator | invalidatorBit;
                  }
                  function assertAndInvalidateMakerOrders(
                      Order.Aggregate memory order,
                      Signature.MakerSignatures[] memory makerSigs
                  ) private {
                      // number of columns = number of sigs otherwise unwarranted columns can be injected by sender.
                      require(order.taker_tokens.length == makerSigs.length, "Taker tokens length mismatch");
                      require(order.maker_tokens.length == makerSigs.length, "Maker tokens length mismatch");
                      require(order.taker_amounts.length == makerSigs.length, "Taker amounts length mismatch");
                      require(order.maker_amounts.length == makerSigs.length, "Maker amounts length mismatch");
                      require(order.maker_nonces.length == makerSigs.length, "Maker nonces length mismatch");
                      require(order.maker_addresses.length == makerSigs.length, "Maker addresses length mismatch");
                      uint numMakerSigs = makerSigs.length;
                      uint tokenTransfers;
                      for (uint256 i; i < numMakerSigs; ++i) {
                          // validate the partially signed orders.
                          address maker_address = order.maker_addresses[i];
                          require(order.maker_tokens[i].length == order.maker_amounts[i].length, "Maker tokens and amounts length mismatch");
                          require(order.taker_tokens[i].length == order.taker_amounts[i].length, "Taker tokens and amounts length mismatch");
                          Order.Partial memory partial_order = Order.Partial(
                              order.expiry,
                              order.taker_address,
                              maker_address,
                              order.maker_nonces[i],
                              order.taker_tokens[i],
                              order.maker_tokens[i],
                              order.taker_amounts[i],
                              order.maker_amounts[i],
                              order.receiver,
                              BytesLib.slice(
                                  order.commands, tokenTransfers, order.maker_tokens[i].length + order.taker_tokens[i].length
                              )
                          );
                          validateSignature(maker_address, hashPartialOrder(partial_order), makerSigs[i].signature, true);
                          invalidateOrder(maker_address, order.maker_nonces[i]);
                          tokenTransfers += order.maker_tokens[i].length + order.taker_tokens[i].length;
                      }
                      require(tokenTransfers == order.commands.length, "Token transfers length mismatch");
                  }
                  function assertAndInvalidateAggregateOrder(
                      Order.Aggregate memory order,
                      Signature.TypedSignature memory takerSig,
                      Signature.MakerSignatures[] memory makerSigs
                  ) internal returns (bytes32) {
                      bytes32 h = hashAggregateOrder(order);
                      if (msg.sender != order.taker_address){
                          validateSignature(order.taker_address, h, takerSig, false);
                      }
                      // construct and validate maker partial orders
                      assertAndInvalidateMakerOrders(order, makerSigs);
                      require(order.expiry > block.timestamp, "Signature expired");
                      return h;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              import "../interface/IDaiLikePermit.sol";
              import "../interface/IPermit2.sol";
              import "../libs/Order.sol";
              import "../libs/Signature.sol";
              import "../libs/Transfer.sol";
              import "../libs/Commands.sol";
              import "../libs/common/SafeCast160.sol";
              import "./BebopSigning.sol";
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
              abstract contract BebopTransfer {
                  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                  address public immutable WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN;
                  address public immutable DAI_TOKEN;
                  IPermit2 public immutable PERMIT2;
                  uint private immutable _chainId;
                  function getChainId() private view returns (uint256) {
                      uint256 id;
                      assembly {
                          id := chainid()
                      }
                      return id;
                  }
                  constructor(address _wrapped_native_token_address, address _permit, address _dai_address) {
                      WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN = _wrapped_native_token_address;
                      DAI_TOKEN = _dai_address;
                      PERMIT2 = IPermit2(_permit);
                      _chainId = getChainId();
                  }
                  function makerTransferFunds(
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      address[] memory maker_tokens,
                      uint256[] memory maker_amounts,
                      bool usingPermit2,
                      bytes memory makerCommands
                  ) internal returns (uint256) {
                      uint256 nativeToTaker;
                      uint256 tokensNum = maker_tokens.length;
                      IPermit2.AllowanceTransferDetails[] memory batchTransferDetails = new IPermit2.AllowanceTransferDetails[](tokensNum);
                      for (uint j; j < tokensNum; ++j) {
                          uint256 amount = maker_amounts[j];
                          address receiver = to;
                          if (makerCommands[j] != Commands.SIMPLE_TRANSFER){
                              if (makerCommands[j] == Commands.TRANSFER_TO_CONTRACT) {
                                  receiver = address(this);
                              } else if (makerCommands[j] == Commands.NATIVE_TRANSFER) {
                                  require(maker_tokens[j] == WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN, "Invalid maker's native transfer");
                                  nativeToTaker += amount;
                                  receiver = address(this);
                              } else {
                                  revert("Unknown maker command");
                              }
                          }
                          if (usingPermit2) {
                              batchTransferDetails[j] = IPermit2.AllowanceTransferDetails({
                                  from: from,
                                  to: receiver,
                                  amount: SafeCast160.toUint160(amount),
                                  token: maker_tokens[j]
                              });
                          } else {
                              IERC20(maker_tokens[j]).safeTransferFrom(from, receiver, amount);
                          }
                      }
                      if (usingPermit2){
                          PERMIT2.transferFrom(batchTransferDetails);
                      }
                      return nativeToTaker;
                  }
                  function permitToken(
                      address takerAddress,
                      address tokenAddress,
                      uint deadline,
                      bytes memory permitSignature
                  ) internal {
                      (bytes32 r, bytes32 s, uint8 v) = Signature.getRsv(permitSignature);
                      if (tokenAddress == DAI_TOKEN){
                          if (_chainId == 137){
                              IDaiLikePermit(tokenAddress).permit(
                                  takerAddress, address(this), IDaiLikePermit(tokenAddress).getNonce(takerAddress), deadline, true, v, r, s
                              );
                          } else {
                              IDaiLikePermit(tokenAddress).permit(
                                  takerAddress, address(this), IERC20Permit(tokenAddress).nonces(takerAddress), deadline, true, v, r, s
                              );
                          }
                      } else {
                          IERC20Permit(tokenAddress).permit(takerAddress, address(this), type(uint).max, deadline, v, r, s);
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
              import "./interface/IBebopSettlement.sol";
              import "./interface/IWETH.sol";
              import "./interface/IPermit2.sol";
              import "./base/BebopSigning.sol";
              import "./base/BebopTransfer.sol";
              import "./libs/Order.sol";
              import "./libs/Signature.sol";
              import "./libs/Transfer.sol";
              import "./libs/Commands.sol";
              import "./libs/common/BytesLib.sol";
              import "./libs/common/SafeCast160.sol";
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
              contract BebopSettlement is IBebopSettlement, BebopSigning, BebopTransfer, ReentrancyGuard {
                  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                  constructor(address _wrapped_native_token_address, address _permit, address _dai_address)
                      BebopTransfer(_wrapped_native_token_address, _permit, _dai_address){
                  }
                  receive() external payable {}
                  function SettleAggregateOrder(
                      Order.Aggregate memory order,
                      Signature.TypedSignature memory takerSig,
                      Signature.MakerSignatures[] memory makerSigs
                  ) external nonReentrant payable override returns (bool) {
                      bytes32 h = assertAndInvalidateAggregateOrder(order, takerSig, makerSigs);
                      uint numMakerSigs = makerSigs.length;
                      Transfer.NativeTokens memory nativeTokens = Transfer.NativeTokens({toTaker: 0, toMakers: 0});
                      Transfer.Pending[] memory pendingNativeTokensToMakers = new Transfer.Pending[](numMakerSigs);
                      uint commandsInd;
                      for (uint i; i < numMakerSigs; ++i) {
                          // Batch transfer from maker to taker and accumulate maker's number of native tokens
                          nativeTokens.toTaker += makerTransferFunds(
                              order.maker_addresses[i], order.receiver, order.maker_tokens[i], order.maker_amounts[i],
                              makerSigs[i].usingPermit2, BytesLib.slice(order.commands, commandsInd, order.maker_tokens[i].length)
                          );
                          commandsInd += order.maker_tokens[i].length;
                          for (uint k; k < order.taker_tokens[i].length; ++k) {
                              bytes1 curCommand = order.commands[commandsInd + k];
                              if (curCommand == Commands.SIMPLE_TRANSFER) {
                                  // Transfer taker's token with standard approval
                                  IERC20(order.taker_tokens[i][k]).safeTransferFrom(
                                      order.taker_address, order.maker_addresses[i], order.taker_amounts[i][k]
                                  );
                              } else if (curCommand == Commands.NATIVE_TRANSFER) {
                                  require(order.taker_tokens[i][k] == WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN, "Taker's token is not native token");
                                  // Accumulating taker's number of native tokens
                                  nativeTokens.toMakers += order.taker_amounts[i][k];
                                  pendingNativeTokensToMakers[i] = Transfer.Pending(
                                      order.taker_tokens[i][k], order.maker_addresses[i], order.taker_amounts[i][k]
                                  );
                              } else if (curCommand == Commands.TRANSFER_FROM_CONTRACT) {
                                  // If using contract as an intermediate recipient for tokens transferring
                                  IERC20(order.taker_tokens[i][k]).safeTransfer(order.maker_addresses[i], order.taker_amounts[i][k]);
                              } else {
                                  revert("Unknown command");
                              }
                          }
                          commandsInd += order.taker_tokens[i].length;
                      }
                      // Wrap taker's native token and transfer to Makers
                      if (nativeTokens.toMakers != 0) {
                          require(msg.value == nativeTokens.toMakers, "Taker doesn't have enough native tokens");
                          IWETH(WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN).deposit{value: nativeTokens.toMakers}();
                          for (uint i; i < numMakerSigs; ++i) {
                              if (pendingNativeTokensToMakers[i].amount != 0) {
                                  IERC20(pendingNativeTokensToMakers[i].token).safeTransfer(
                                      pendingNativeTokensToMakers[i].maker_address, pendingNativeTokensToMakers[i].amount
                                  );
                              }
                          }
                      }
                      // Unwrap and transfer native token to receiver
                      if (nativeTokens.toTaker != 0) {
                          IWETH(WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN).withdraw(nativeTokens.toTaker);
                          (bool sent,) = order.receiver.call{value: nativeTokens.toTaker}("");
                          require(sent, "Failed to send Ether to taker");
                      }
                      emit AggregateOrderExecuted(h);
                      return true;
                  }
                  function SettleAggregateOrderWithTakerPermits(
                      Order.Aggregate memory order,
                      Signature.TypedSignature memory takerSig,
                      Signature.MakerSignatures[] memory makerSigs,
                      Signature.TakerPermitsInfo memory takerPermitsInfo
                  ) external nonReentrant payable override returns (bool) {
                      bytes32 h = assertAndInvalidateAggregateOrder(order, takerSig, makerSigs);
                      uint totalTakersTransfers;
                      for (uint i; i < order.taker_tokens.length; ++i) {
                          totalTakersTransfers += order.taker_tokens[i].length;
                      }
                      IPermit2.AllowanceTransferDetails[] memory batchTransferDetails = new IPermit2.AllowanceTransferDetails[](totalTakersTransfers);
                      IPermit2.PermitDetails[] memory batchToApprove = new IPermit2.PermitDetails[](takerPermitsInfo.noncesPermit2.length);
                      Transfer.Pending[] memory pendingTransfersToMakers = new Transfer.Pending[](totalTakersTransfers);
                      Transfer.NativeTokens memory nativeTokens = Transfer.NativeTokens({toTaker: 0, toMakers: 0});
                      Transfer.Indices memory indices = Transfer.Indices(0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
                      for (uint i; i < makerSigs.length; ++i) {
                          // Batch transfer from maker to taker and accumulate maker's number of native tokens
                          nativeTokens.toTaker += makerTransferFunds(
                              order.maker_addresses[i], order.receiver, order.maker_tokens[i], order.maker_amounts[i],
                              makerSigs[i].usingPermit2, BytesLib.slice(order.commands, indices.commandsInd, order.maker_tokens[i].length)
                          );
                          indices.commandsInd += order.maker_tokens[i].length;
                          for (uint k; k < order.taker_tokens[i].length; ++k) {
                              bytes1 curCommand = order.commands[indices.commandsInd + k];
                              if (curCommand == Commands.SIMPLE_TRANSFER) {
                                  batchTransferDetails[indices.batchLen++] = IPermit2.AllowanceTransferDetails({
                                      from: order.taker_address,
                                      to: order.maker_addresses[i],
                                      amount: SafeCast160.toUint160(order.taker_amounts[i][k]),
                                      token: order.taker_tokens[i][k]
                                  });
                              } else if (curCommand == Commands.TRANSFER_WITH_PERMIT) {
                                  // Transfer taker's token with Permit signature
                                  IERC20(order.taker_tokens[i][k]).safeTransferFrom(
                                      order.taker_address, order.maker_addresses[i], order.taker_amounts[i][k]
                                  );
                                  assembly {mstore(batchTransferDetails, sub(mload(batchTransferDetails), 1))}
                              } else if (curCommand == Commands.PERMIT_THEN_TRANSFER) {
                                  permitToken(
                                      order.taker_address, order.taker_tokens[i][k],
                                      takerPermitsInfo.deadline, takerPermitsInfo.permitSignatures[indices.permitSignaturesInd++]
                                  );
                                  IERC20(order.taker_tokens[i][k]).safeTransferFrom(
                                      order.taker_address, order.maker_addresses[i], order.taker_amounts[i][k]
                                  );
                                  assembly {mstore(batchTransferDetails, sub(mload(batchTransferDetails), 1))}
                              } else if (curCommand == Commands.PERMIT2_THEN_TRANSFER) {
                                  batchToApprove[indices.batchToApproveInd++] = IPermit2.PermitDetails({
                                      token: order.taker_tokens[i][k],
                                      amount: type(uint160).max,
                                      expiration: takerPermitsInfo.deadline,
                                      nonce: takerPermitsInfo.noncesPermit2[indices.batchToApproveInd]
                                  });
                                  batchTransferDetails[indices.batchLen++] = IPermit2.AllowanceTransferDetails({
                                      from: order.taker_address,
                                      to: order.maker_addresses[i],
                                      amount: SafeCast160.toUint160(order.taker_amounts[i][k]),
                                      token: order.taker_tokens[i][k]
                                  });
                              } else if (curCommand == Commands.NATIVE_TRANSFER) {
                                  require(order.taker_tokens[i][k] == WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN, "Taker's token is not native token");
                                  // Accumulating taker's number of native tokens
                                  nativeTokens.toMakers += order.taker_amounts[i][k];
                                  pendingTransfersToMakers[indices.pendingTransfersLen++] = Transfer.Pending(
                                      order.taker_tokens[i][k], order.maker_addresses[i], order.taker_amounts[i][k]
                                  );
                                  // Shortening Permit2 batch arrays
                                  assembly {mstore(batchTransferDetails, sub(mload(batchTransferDetails), 1))}
                              } else if (curCommand == Commands.TRANSFER_FROM_CONTRACT) {
                                  // If using contract as an intermediate recipient for tokens transferring
                                  pendingTransfersToMakers[indices.pendingTransfersLen++] = Transfer.Pending(
                                      order.taker_tokens[i][k], order.maker_addresses[i], order.taker_amounts[i][k]
                                  );
                                  assembly {mstore(batchTransferDetails, sub(mload(batchTransferDetails), 1))}
                              } else {
                                  revert("Unknown command");
                              }
                          }
                          indices.commandsInd += order.taker_tokens[i].length;
                      }
                      require(indices.permitSignaturesInd == takerPermitsInfo.permitSignatures.length, "Unexpected number of Permit signatures");
                      require(indices.batchToApproveInd == batchToApprove.length, "Unexpected number of tokens to approve");
                      if (batchToApprove.length != 0) {
                          // Update approvals for new taker's tokens
                          PERMIT2.permit({
                              owner: order.taker_address,
                              permitBatch: IPermit2.PermitBatch({
                                  details: batchToApprove,
                                  spender: address(this),
                                  sigDeadline: takerPermitsInfo.deadline
                              }),
                              signature: takerPermitsInfo.signatureBytesPermit2
                          });
                      }
                      require(indices.batchLen == batchTransferDetails.length, "Unexpected number of tokens");
                      if (indices.batchLen != 0) {
                          // Transfer taker's tokens with Permit2 batch
                          PERMIT2.transferFrom(batchTransferDetails);
                      }
                      // Wrap taker's native token
                      if (nativeTokens.toMakers != 0) {
                          require(msg.value == nativeTokens.toMakers, "Taker doesn't have enough native tokens");
                          IWETH(WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN).deposit{value: nativeTokens.toMakers}();
                      }
                      // Send all pending transfers to makers
                      for (uint i; i < indices.pendingTransfersLen; ++i) {
                          IERC20(pendingTransfersToMakers[i].token).safeTransfer(
                              pendingTransfersToMakers[i].maker_address, pendingTransfersToMakers[i].amount
                          );
                      }
                      // Unwrap and transfer native token to receiver
                      if (nativeTokens.toTaker != 0) {
                          IWETH(WRAPPED_NATIVE_TOKEN).withdraw(nativeTokens.toTaker);
                          (bool sent,) = order.receiver.call{value: nativeTokens.toTaker}("");
                          require(sent, "Failed to send Ether to taker");
                      }
                      emit AggregateOrderExecuted(h);
                      return true;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              import "../libs/Order.sol";
              import "../libs/Signature.sol";
              interface IBebopSettlement {
                  event AggregateOrderExecuted(bytes32 order_hash);
                  function SettleAggregateOrder(
                      Order.Aggregate memory order,
                      Signature.TypedSignature memory takerSig,
                      Signature.MakerSignatures[] memory makerSigs
                  ) external payable returns (bool);
                  function SettleAggregateOrderWithTakerPermits(
                      Order.Aggregate memory order,
                      Signature.TypedSignature memory takerSig,
                      Signature.MakerSignatures[] memory makerSigs,
                      Signature.TakerPermitsInfo memory takerPermitInfo
                  ) external payable returns (bool);
              }// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              interface IDaiLikePermit {
                  /// @param holder The address of the token owner.
                  /// @param spender The address of the token spender.
                  /// @param nonce The owner's nonce, increases at each call to permit.
                  /// @param expiry The timestamp at which the permit is no longer valid.
                  /// @param allowed Boolean that sets approval amount, true for type(uint256).max and false for 0.
                  /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the owner along with r and s.
                  /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the owner along with v and s.
                  /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the owner along with r and v.
                  function permit(
                      address holder,
                      address spender,
                      uint256 nonce,
                      uint256 expiry,
                      bool allowed,
                      uint8 v,
                      bytes32 r,
                      bytes32 s
                  ) external;
                  // DAI's Polygon getNonce, instead of `nonces(address)` function
                  function getNonce(address user) external view returns (uint256 nonce);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              // Part of IAllowanceTransfer(https://github.com/Uniswap/permit2/blob/main/src/interfaces/IAllowanceTransfer.sol)
              interface IPermit2 {
                  // ------------------
                  // IAllowanceTransfer
                  // ------------------
                  /// @notice Details for a token transfer.
                  struct AllowanceTransferDetails {
                      // the owner of the token
                      address from;
                      // the recipient of the token
                      address to;
                      // the amount of the token
                      uint160 amount;
                      // the token to be transferred
                      address token;
                  }
                  /// @notice The permit data for a token
                  struct PermitDetails {
                      // ERC20 token address
                      address token;
                      // the maximum amount allowed to spend
                      uint160 amount;
                      // timestamp at which a spender's token allowances become invalid
                      uint48 expiration;
                      // an incrementing value indexed per owner,token,and spender for each signature
                      uint48 nonce;
                  }
                  /// @notice The permit message signed for multiple token allowances
                  struct PermitBatch {
                      // the permit data for multiple token allowances
                      PermitDetails[] details;
                      // address permissioned on the allowed tokens
                      address spender;
                      // deadline on the permit signature
                      uint256 sigDeadline;
                  }
                  /// @notice A mapping from owner address to token address to spender address to PackedAllowance struct, which contains details and conditions of the approval.
                  /// @notice The mapping is indexed in the above order see: allowance[ownerAddress][tokenAddress][spenderAddress]
                  /// @dev The packed slot holds the allowed amount, expiration at which the allowed amount is no longer valid, and current nonce thats updated on any signature based approvals.
                  function allowance(address user, address token, address spender)
                  external
                  view
                  returns (uint160 amount, uint48 expiration, uint48 nonce);
                  /// @notice Permit a spender to the signed amounts of the owners tokens via the owner's EIP-712 signature
                  /// @dev May fail if the owner's nonce was invalidated in-flight by invalidateNonce
                  /// @param owner The owner of the tokens being approved
                  /// @param permitBatch Data signed over by the owner specifying the terms of approval
                  /// @param signature The owner's signature over the permit data
                  function permit(address owner, PermitBatch memory permitBatch, bytes calldata signature) external;
                  /// @notice Transfer approved tokens in a batch
                  /// @param transferDetails Array of owners, recipients, amounts, and tokens for the transfers
                  /// @dev Requires the from addresses to have approved at least the desired amount
                  /// of tokens to msg.sender.
                  function transferFrom(AllowanceTransferDetails[] calldata transferDetails) external;
              }// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
              interface IWETH is IERC20 {
                  function deposit() external payable;
                  function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
              }// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              library Commands {
                  bytes1 internal constant SIMPLE_TRANSFER = 0x00;
                  bytes1 internal constant NATIVE_TRANSFER = 0x01;
                  bytes1 internal constant TRANSFER_TO_CONTRACT = 0x02;
                  bytes1 internal constant TRANSFER_FROM_CONTRACT = 0x03; // only for taker commands
                  bytes1 internal constant TRANSFER_WITH_PERMIT = 0x04; // only for taker commands
                  bytes1 internal constant PERMIT_THEN_TRANSFER = 0x05; // only for taker commands
                  bytes1 internal constant PERMIT2_THEN_TRANSFER = 0x06; // only for taker commands
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              library BytesLib {
                  function slice(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start, uint256 _length) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                      require(_length + 31 >= _length, "slice_overflow");
                      require(_bytes.length >= _start + _length, "slice_outOfBounds");
                      bytes memory tempBytes;
                      // Check length is 0. `iszero` return 1 for `true` and 0 for `false`.
                      assembly {
                          switch iszero(_length)
                          case 0 {
                              // Get a location of some free memory and store it in tempBytes as
                              // Solidity does for memory variables.
                              tempBytes := mload(0x40)
                              // Calculate length mod 32 to handle slices that are not a multiple of 32 in size.
                              let lengthmod := and(_length, 31)
                              // tempBytes will have the following format in memory: <length><data>
                              // When copying data we will offset the start forward to avoid allocating additional memory
                              // Therefore part of the length area will be written, but this will be overwritten later anyways.
                              // In case no offset is require, the start is set to the data region (0x20 from the tempBytes)
                              // mc will be used to keep track where to copy the data to.
                              let mc := add(add(tempBytes, lengthmod), mul(0x20, iszero(lengthmod)))
                              let end := add(mc, _length)
                              for {
                                  // Same logic as for mc is applied and additionally the start offset specified for the method is added
                                  let cc := add(add(add(_bytes, lengthmod), mul(0x20, iszero(lengthmod))), _start)
                              } lt(mc, end) {
                                  // increase `mc` and `cc` to read the next word from memory
                                  mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                                  cc := add(cc, 0x20)
                              } {
                                  // Copy the data from source (cc location) to the slice data (mc location)
                                  mstore(mc, mload(cc))
                              }
                              // Store the length of the slice. This will overwrite any partial data that
                              // was copied when having slices that are not a multiple of 32.
                              mstore(tempBytes, _length)
                              // update free-memory pointer
                              // allocating the array padded to 32 bytes like the compiler does now
                              // To set the used memory as a multiple of 32, add 31 to the actual memory usage (mc)
                              // and remove the modulo 32 (the `and` with `not(31)`)
                              mstore(0x40, and(add(mc, 31), not(31)))
                          }
                          // if we want a zero-length slice let's just return a zero-length array
                          default {
                              tempBytes := mload(0x40)
                              // zero out the 32 bytes slice we are about to return
                              // we need to do it because Solidity does not garbage collect
                              mstore(tempBytes, 0)
                              // update free-memory pointer
                              // tempBytes uses 32 bytes in memory (even when empty) for the length.
                              mstore(0x40, add(tempBytes, 0x20))
                          }
                      }
                      return tempBytes;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
              library SafeCast160 {
                  /// @notice Thrown when a valude greater than type(uint160).max is cast to uint160
                  error UnsafeCast();
                  /// @notice Safely casts uint256 to uint160
                  /// @param value The uint256 to be cast
                  function toUint160(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint160) {
                      if (value > type(uint160).max) revert UnsafeCast();
                      return uint160(value);
                  }
              }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              library Order {
                  struct Aggregate {
                      uint256 expiry;
                      address taker_address;
                      address[] maker_addresses;
                      uint256[] maker_nonces;
                      address[][] taker_tokens;
                      address[][] maker_tokens;
                      uint256[][] taker_amounts;
                      uint256[][] maker_amounts;
                      address receiver;
                      bytes commands;
                  }
                  struct Partial {
                      uint256 expiry;
                      address taker_address;
                      address maker_address;
                      uint256 maker_nonce;
                      address[] taker_tokens;
                      address[] maker_tokens;
                      uint256[] taker_amounts;
                      uint256[] maker_amounts;
                      address receiver;
                      bytes commands;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              library Signature {
                  enum Type {
                      EIP712,  //0
                      EIP1271, //1
                      ETHSIGN  //2
                  }
                  struct TypedSignature {
                      Type signatureType;
                      bytes signatureBytes;
                  }
                  struct MakerSignatures {
                      TypedSignature signature;
                      bool usingPermit2;
                  }
                  struct TakerPermitsInfo {
                      bytes[] permitSignatures;
                      bytes signatureBytesPermit2;
                      uint48[] noncesPermit2;
                      uint48 deadline;
                  }
                  function getRsv(bytes memory sig) internal pure returns (bytes32, bytes32, uint8){
                      require(sig.length == 65, "Invalid signature length");
                      bytes32 r;
                      bytes32 s;
                      uint8 v;
                      assembly {
                          r := mload(add(sig, 32))
                          s := mload(add(sig, 64))
                          v := and(mload(add(sig, 65)), 255)
                      }
                      if (v < 27) v += 27;
                      require(uint256(s) <= 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0, "Invalid sig value S");
                      require(v == 27 || v == 28, "Invalid sig value V");
                      return (r, s, v);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
              library Transfer {
                  struct Pending {
                      address token;
                      address maker_address;
                      uint256 amount;
                  }
                  struct NativeTokens {
                      uint256 toTaker;  // accumulated amount of tokens that will be sent to the taker (receiver)
                      uint256 toMakers; // accumulated amount of tokens that will be sent to the makers
                  }
                  struct Indices {
                      uint commandsInd; // current `order.commands` index
                      uint batchToApproveInd; // current `batchToApprove` index
                      uint permitSignaturesInd; // current `takerPermitsInfo.permitSignatures` index
                      uint pendingTransfersLen; // current length of `pendingTransfers`
                      uint batchLen; // current length of `batchTransferDetails`
                  }
              }
              

              File 5 of 7: EIP173Proxy
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
              import "./Proxy.sol";
              interface ERC165 {
                  function supportsInterface(bytes4 id) external view returns (bool);
              }
              ///@notice Proxy implementing EIP173 for ownership management
              contract EIP173Proxy is Proxy {
                  // ////////////////////////// EVENTS ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                  // /////////////////////// CONSTRUCTOR //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  constructor(
                      address implementationAddress,
                      address ownerAddress,
                      bytes memory data
                  ) payable {
                      _setImplementation(implementationAddress, data);
                      _setOwner(ownerAddress);
                  }
                  // ///////////////////// EXTERNAL ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  function owner() external view returns (address) {
                      return _owner();
                  }
                  function supportsInterface(bytes4 id) external view returns (bool) {
                      if (id == 0x01ffc9a7 || id == 0x7f5828d0) {
                          return true;
                      }
                      if (id == 0xFFFFFFFF) {
                          return false;
                      }
                      ERC165 implementation;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          implementation := sload(0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc)
                      }
                      // Technically this is not standard compliant as ERC-165 require 30,000 gas which that call cannot ensure
                      // because it is itself inside `supportsInterface` that might only get 30,000 gas.
                      // In practise this is unlikely to be an issue.
                      try implementation.supportsInterface(id) returns (bool support) {
                          return support;
                      } catch {
                          return false;
                      }
                  }
                  function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external onlyOwner {
                      _setOwner(newOwner);
                  }
                  function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external onlyOwner {
                      _setImplementation(newImplementation, "");
                  }
                  function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes calldata data) external payable onlyOwner {
                      _setImplementation(newImplementation, data);
                  }
                  // /////////////////////// MODIFIERS ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  modifier onlyOwner() {
                      require(msg.sender == _owner(), "NOT_AUTHORIZED");
                      _;
                  }
                  // ///////////////////////// INTERNAL //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  function _owner() internal view returns (address adminAddress) {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          adminAddress := sload(0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103)
                      }
                  }
                  function _setOwner(address newOwner) internal {
                      address previousOwner = _owner();
                      // solhint-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          sstore(0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103, newOwner)
                      }
                      emit OwnershipTransferred(previousOwner, newOwner);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
              // EIP-1967
              abstract contract Proxy {
                  // /////////////////////// EVENTS ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  event ProxyImplementationUpdated(address indexed previousImplementation, address indexed newImplementation);
                  // ///////////////////// EXTERNAL ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  receive() external payable virtual {
                      revert("ETHER_REJECTED"); // explicit reject by default
                  }
                  fallback() external payable {
                      _fallback();
                  }
                  // ///////////////////////// INTERNAL //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                  function _fallback() internal {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let implementationAddress := sload(0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc)
                          calldatacopy(0x0, 0x0, calldatasize())
                          let success := delegatecall(gas(), implementationAddress, 0x0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
                          let retSz := returndatasize()
                          returndatacopy(0, 0, retSz)
                          switch success
                              case 0 {
                                  revert(0, retSz)
                              }
                              default {
                                  return(0, retSz)
                              }
                      }
                  }
                  function _setImplementation(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) internal {
                      address previousImplementation;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          previousImplementation := sload(0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc)
                      }
                      // solhint-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          sstore(0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc, newImplementation)
                      }
                      emit ProxyImplementationUpdated(previousImplementation, newImplementation);
                      if (data.length > 0) {
                          (bool success, ) = newImplementation.delegatecall(data);
                          if (!success) {
                              assembly {
                                  // This assembly ensure the revert contains the exact string data
                                  let returnDataSize := returndatasize()
                                  returndatacopy(0, 0, returnDataSize)
                                  revert(0, returnDataSize)
                              }
                          }
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
              import "./EIP173Proxy.sol";
              ///@notice Proxy implementing EIP173 for ownership management that accept ETH via receive
              contract EIP173ProxyWithReceive is EIP173Proxy {
                  constructor(
                      address implementationAddress,
                      address ownerAddress,
                      bytes memory data
                  ) payable EIP173Proxy(implementationAddress, ownerAddress, data) {}
                  receive() external payable override {}
              }
              

              File 6 of 7: GPv2AllowListAuthentication
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "./interfaces/GPv2Authentication.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2EIP1967.sol";
              import "./mixins/Initializable.sol";
              import "./mixins/StorageAccessible.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Access Control Contract
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              contract GPv2AllowListAuthentication is
                  GPv2Authentication,
                  Initializable,
                  StorageAccessible
              {
                  /// @dev The address of the manager that has permissions to add and remove
                  /// solvers.
                  address public manager;
                  /// @dev The set of allowed solvers. Allowed solvers have a value of `true`
                  /// in this mapping.
                  mapping(address => bool) private solvers;
                  /// @dev Event emitted when the manager changes.
                  event ManagerChanged(address newManager, address oldManager);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when a solver gets added.
                  event SolverAdded(address solver);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when a solver gets removed.
                  event SolverRemoved(address solver);
                  /// @dev Initialize the manager to a value.
                  ///
                  /// This method is a contract initializer that is called exactly once after
                  /// creation. An initializer is used instead of a constructor so that this
                  /// contract can be used behind a proxy.
                  ///
                  /// This initializer is idempotent.
                  ///
                  /// @param manager_ The manager to initialize the contract with.
                  function initializeManager(address manager_) external initializer {
                      manager = manager_;
                      emit ManagerChanged(manager_, address(0));
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier that ensures a method can only be called by the contract
                  /// manager. Reverts if called by other addresses.
                  modifier onlyManager() {
                      require(manager == msg.sender, "GPv2: caller not manager");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier that ensures method can be either called by the contract
                  /// manager or the proxy owner.
                  ///
                  /// This modifier assumes that the proxy uses an EIP-1967 compliant storage
                  /// slot for the admin.
                  modifier onlyManagerOrOwner() {
                      require(
                          manager == msg.sender || GPv2EIP1967.getAdmin() == msg.sender,
                          "GPv2: not authorized"
                      );
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Set the manager for this contract.
                  ///
                  /// This method can be called by the current manager (if they want to to
                  /// reliquish the role and give it to another address) or the contract
                  /// owner (i.e. the proxy admin).
                  ///
                  /// @param manager_ The new contract manager address.
                  function setManager(address manager_) external onlyManagerOrOwner {
                      address oldManager = manager;
                      manager = manager_;
                      emit ManagerChanged(manager_, oldManager);
                  }
                  /// @dev Add an address to the set of allowed solvers. This method can only
                  /// be called by the contract manager.
                  ///
                  /// This function is idempotent.
                  ///
                  /// @param solver The solver address to add.
                  function addSolver(address solver) external onlyManager {
                      solvers[solver] = true;
                      emit SolverAdded(solver);
                  }
                  /// @dev Removes an address to the set of allowed solvers. This method can
                  /// only be called by the contract manager.
                  ///
                  /// This function is idempotent.
                  ///
                  /// @param solver The solver address to remove.
                  function removeSolver(address solver) external onlyManager {
                      solvers[solver] = false;
                      emit SolverRemoved(solver);
                  }
                  /// @inheritdoc GPv2Authentication
                  function isSolver(address prospectiveSolver)
                      external
                      view
                      override
                      returns (bool)
                  {
                      return solvers[prospectiveSolver];
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Authentication Interface
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              interface GPv2Authentication {
                  /// @dev determines whether the provided address is an authenticated solver.
                  /// @param prospectiveSolver the address of prospective solver.
                  /// @return true when prospectiveSolver is an authenticated solver, otherwise false.
                  function isSolver(address prospectiveSolver) external view returns (bool);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              library GPv2EIP1967 {
                  /// @dev The storage slot where the proxy administrator is stored, defined
                  /// as `keccak256('eip1967.proxy.admin') - 1`.
                  bytes32 internal constant ADMIN_SLOT =
                      hex"b53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103";
                  /// @dev Returns the address stored in the EIP-1967 administrator storage
                  /// slot for the current contract. If this method is not called from an
                  /// contract behind an EIP-1967 proxy, then it will most likely return
                  /// `address(0)`, as the implementation slot is likely to be unset.
                  ///
                  /// @return admin The administrator address.
                  function getAdmin() internal view returns (address admin) {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          admin := sload(ADMIN_SLOT)
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Sets the storage at the EIP-1967 administrator slot to be the
                  /// specified address.
                  ///
                  /// @param admin The administrator address to set.
                  function setAdmin(address admin) internal {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          sstore(ADMIN_SLOT, admin)
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Shortned revert messages
              // - Inlined `Address.isContract` implementation
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/proxy/Initializable.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
               * behind a proxy. Since a proxied contract can't have a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
               * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
               * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
               *
               * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
               * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {UpgradeableProxy-constructor}.
               *
               * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
               * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
               */
              abstract contract Initializable {
                  /**
                   * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
                   */
                  bool private _initialized;
                  /**
                   * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
                   */
                  bool private _initializing;
                  /**
                   * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
                   */
                  modifier initializer() {
                      require(
                          _initializing || _isConstructor() || !_initialized,
                          "Initializable: initialized"
                      );
                      bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
                      if (isTopLevelCall) {
                          _initializing = true;
                          _initialized = true;
                      }
                      _;
                      if (isTopLevelCall) {
                          _initializing = false;
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
                  function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
                      uint256 size;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          size := extcodesize(address())
                      }
                      return size == 0;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
              // Vendored from Gnosis utility contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Added linter directives to ignore low level call and assembly warnings
              // <https://github.com/gnosis/util-contracts/blob/v3.1.0-solc-7/contracts/StorageAccessible.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title ViewStorageAccessible - Interface on top of StorageAccessible base class to allow simulations from view functions
              interface ViewStorageAccessible {
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as `simulateDelegatecall` on StorageAccessible. Marked as view so that it can be called from external contracts
                   * that want to run simulations from within view functions. Will revert if the invoked simulation attempts to change state.
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecall(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) external view returns (bytes memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as `getStorageAt` on StorageAccessible. This method allows reading aribtrary ranges of storage.
                   */
                  function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes memory);
              }
              /// @title StorageAccessible - generic base contract that allows callers to access all internal storage.
              contract StorageAccessible {
                  /**
                   * @dev Reads `length` bytes of storage in the currents contract
                   * @param offset - the offset in the current contract's storage in words to start reading from
                   * @param length - the number of words (32 bytes) of data to read
                   * @return the bytes that were read.
                   */
                  function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes memory)
                  {
                      bytes memory result = new bytes(length * 32);
                      for (uint256 index = 0; index < length; index++) {
                          // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                          assembly {
                              let word := sload(add(offset, index))
                              mstore(add(add(result, 0x20), mul(index, 0x20)), word)
                          }
                      }
                      return result;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a delegetecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
                   * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static). Catches revert and returns encoded result as bytes.
                   * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
                   * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecall(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) public returns (bytes memory response) {
                      bytes memory innerCall =
                          abi.encodeWithSelector(
                              this.simulateDelegatecallInternal.selector,
                              targetContract,
                              calldataPayload
                          );
                      // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                      (, response) = address(this).call(innerCall);
                      bool innerSuccess = response[response.length - 1] == 0x01;
                      setLength(response, response.length - 1);
                      if (innerSuccess) {
                          return response;
                      } else {
                          revertWith(response);
                      }
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a delegetecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
                   * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static). Returns encoded result as revert message
                   * concatenated with the success flag of the inner call as a last byte.
                   * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
                   * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecallInternal(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) external returns (bytes memory response) {
                      bool success;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                      (success, response) = targetContract.delegatecall(calldataPayload);
                      revertWith(abi.encodePacked(response, success));
                  }
                  function revertWith(bytes memory response) internal pure {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          revert(add(response, 0x20), mload(response))
                      }
                  }
                  function setLength(bytes memory buffer, uint256 length) internal pure {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mstore(buffer, length)
                      }
                  }
              }
              

              File 7 of 7: GPv2VaultRelayer
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "./interfaces/GPv2Authentication.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2EIP1967.sol";
              import "./mixins/Initializable.sol";
              import "./mixins/StorageAccessible.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Access Control Contract
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              contract GPv2AllowListAuthentication is
                  GPv2Authentication,
                  Initializable,
                  StorageAccessible
              {
                  /// @dev The address of the manager that has permissions to add and remove
                  /// solvers.
                  address public manager;
                  /// @dev The set of allowed solvers. Allowed solvers have a value of `true`
                  /// in this mapping.
                  mapping(address => bool) private solvers;
                  /// @dev Event emitted when the manager changes.
                  event ManagerChanged(address newManager, address oldManager);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when a solver gets added.
                  event SolverAdded(address solver);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when a solver gets removed.
                  event SolverRemoved(address solver);
                  /// @dev Initialize the manager to a value.
                  ///
                  /// This method is a contract initializer that is called exactly once after
                  /// creation. An initializer is used instead of a constructor so that this
                  /// contract can be used behind a proxy.
                  ///
                  /// This initializer is idempotent.
                  ///
                  /// @param manager_ The manager to initialize the contract with.
                  function initializeManager(address manager_) external initializer {
                      manager = manager_;
                      emit ManagerChanged(manager_, address(0));
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier that ensures a method can only be called by the contract
                  /// manager. Reverts if called by other addresses.
                  modifier onlyManager() {
                      require(manager == msg.sender, "GPv2: caller not manager");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier that ensures method can be either called by the contract
                  /// manager or the proxy owner.
                  ///
                  /// This modifier assumes that the proxy uses an EIP-1967 compliant storage
                  /// slot for the admin.
                  modifier onlyManagerOrOwner() {
                      require(
                          manager == msg.sender || GPv2EIP1967.getAdmin() == msg.sender,
                          "GPv2: not authorized"
                      );
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Set the manager for this contract.
                  ///
                  /// This method can be called by the current manager (if they want to to
                  /// reliquish the role and give it to another address) or the contract
                  /// owner (i.e. the proxy admin).
                  ///
                  /// @param manager_ The new contract manager address.
                  function setManager(address manager_) external onlyManagerOrOwner {
                      address oldManager = manager;
                      manager = manager_;
                      emit ManagerChanged(manager_, oldManager);
                  }
                  /// @dev Add an address to the set of allowed solvers. This method can only
                  /// be called by the contract manager.
                  ///
                  /// This function is idempotent.
                  ///
                  /// @param solver The solver address to add.
                  function addSolver(address solver) external onlyManager {
                      solvers[solver] = true;
                      emit SolverAdded(solver);
                  }
                  /// @dev Removes an address to the set of allowed solvers. This method can
                  /// only be called by the contract manager.
                  ///
                  /// This function is idempotent.
                  ///
                  /// @param solver The solver address to remove.
                  function removeSolver(address solver) external onlyManager {
                      solvers[solver] = false;
                      emit SolverRemoved(solver);
                  }
                  /// @inheritdoc GPv2Authentication
                  function isSolver(address prospectiveSolver)
                      external
                      view
                      override
                      returns (bool)
                  {
                      return solvers[prospectiveSolver];
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Authentication Interface
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              interface GPv2Authentication {
                  /// @dev determines whether the provided address is an authenticated solver.
                  /// @param prospectiveSolver the address of prospective solver.
                  /// @return true when prospectiveSolver is an authenticated solver, otherwise false.
                  function isSolver(address prospectiveSolver) external view returns (bool);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              library GPv2EIP1967 {
                  /// @dev The storage slot where the proxy administrator is stored, defined
                  /// as `keccak256('eip1967.proxy.admin') - 1`.
                  bytes32 internal constant ADMIN_SLOT =
                      hex"b53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103";
                  /// @dev Returns the address stored in the EIP-1967 administrator storage
                  /// slot for the current contract. If this method is not called from an
                  /// contract behind an EIP-1967 proxy, then it will most likely return
                  /// `address(0)`, as the implementation slot is likely to be unset.
                  ///
                  /// @return admin The administrator address.
                  function getAdmin() internal view returns (address admin) {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          admin := sload(ADMIN_SLOT)
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Sets the storage at the EIP-1967 administrator slot to be the
                  /// specified address.
                  ///
                  /// @param admin The administrator address to set.
                  function setAdmin(address admin) internal {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          sstore(ADMIN_SLOT, admin)
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Shortned revert messages
              // - Inlined `Address.isContract` implementation
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/proxy/Initializable.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
               * behind a proxy. Since a proxied contract can't have a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
               * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
               * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
               *
               * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
               * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {UpgradeableProxy-constructor}.
               *
               * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
               * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
               */
              abstract contract Initializable {
                  /**
                   * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
                   */
                  bool private _initialized;
                  /**
                   * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
                   */
                  bool private _initializing;
                  /**
                   * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
                   */
                  modifier initializer() {
                      require(
                          _initializing || _isConstructor() || !_initialized,
                          "Initializable: initialized"
                      );
                      bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
                      if (isTopLevelCall) {
                          _initializing = true;
                          _initialized = true;
                      }
                      _;
                      if (isTopLevelCall) {
                          _initializing = false;
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
                  function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
                      uint256 size;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          size := extcodesize(address())
                      }
                      return size == 0;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
              // Vendored from Gnosis utility contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Added linter directives to ignore low level call and assembly warnings
              // <https://github.com/gnosis/util-contracts/blob/v3.1.0-solc-7/contracts/StorageAccessible.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title ViewStorageAccessible - Interface on top of StorageAccessible base class to allow simulations from view functions
              interface ViewStorageAccessible {
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as `simulateDelegatecall` on StorageAccessible. Marked as view so that it can be called from external contracts
                   * that want to run simulations from within view functions. Will revert if the invoked simulation attempts to change state.
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecall(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) external view returns (bytes memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Same as `getStorageAt` on StorageAccessible. This method allows reading aribtrary ranges of storage.
                   */
                  function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes memory);
              }
              /// @title StorageAccessible - generic base contract that allows callers to access all internal storage.
              contract StorageAccessible {
                  /**
                   * @dev Reads `length` bytes of storage in the currents contract
                   * @param offset - the offset in the current contract's storage in words to start reading from
                   * @param length - the number of words (32 bytes) of data to read
                   * @return the bytes that were read.
                   */
                  function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes memory)
                  {
                      bytes memory result = new bytes(length * 32);
                      for (uint256 index = 0; index < length; index++) {
                          // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                          assembly {
                              let word := sload(add(offset, index))
                              mstore(add(add(result, 0x20), mul(index, 0x20)), word)
                          }
                      }
                      return result;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a delegetecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
                   * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static). Catches revert and returns encoded result as bytes.
                   * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
                   * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecall(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) public returns (bytes memory response) {
                      bytes memory innerCall =
                          abi.encodeWithSelector(
                              this.simulateDelegatecallInternal.selector,
                              targetContract,
                              calldataPayload
                          );
                      // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                      (, response) = address(this).call(innerCall);
                      bool innerSuccess = response[response.length - 1] == 0x01;
                      setLength(response, response.length - 1);
                      if (innerSuccess) {
                          return response;
                      } else {
                          revertWith(response);
                      }
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a delegetecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
                   * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static). Returns encoded result as revert message
                   * concatenated with the success flag of the inner call as a last byte.
                   * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
                   * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
                   */
                  function simulateDelegatecallInternal(
                      address targetContract,
                      bytes memory calldataPayload
                  ) external returns (bytes memory response) {
                      bool success;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                      (success, response) = targetContract.delegatecall(calldataPayload);
                      revertWith(abi.encodePacked(response, success));
                  }
                  function revertWith(bytes memory response) internal pure {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          revert(add(response, 0x20), mload(response))
                      }
                  }
                  function setLength(bytes memory buffer, uint256 length) internal pure {
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mstore(buffer, length)
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../GPv2AllowListAuthentication.sol";
              contract GPv2AllowListAuthenticationV2 is GPv2AllowListAuthentication {
                  function newMethod() external pure returns (uint256) {
                      return 1337;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../GPv2AllowListAuthentication.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2EIP1967.sol";
              contract GPv2AllowListAuthenticationTestInterface is
                  GPv2AllowListAuthentication
              {
                  constructor(address owner) {
                      GPv2EIP1967.setAdmin(owner);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "./GPv2VaultRelayer.sol";
              import "./interfaces/GPv2Authentication.sol";
              import "./interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "./interfaces/IVault.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Interaction.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Trade.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Transfer.sol";
              import "./libraries/SafeCast.sol";
              import "./libraries/SafeMath.sol";
              import "./mixins/GPv2Signing.sol";
              import "./mixins/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
              import "./mixins/StorageAccessible.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Settlement Contract
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              contract GPv2Settlement is GPv2Signing, ReentrancyGuard, StorageAccessible {
                  using GPv2Order for bytes;
                  using GPv2Transfer for IVault;
                  using SafeCast for int256;
                  using SafeCast for uint256;
                  using SafeMath for uint256;
                  /// @dev The authenticator is used to determine who can call the settle function.
                  /// That is, only authorised solvers have the ability to invoke settlements.
                  /// Any valid authenticator implements an isSolver method called by the onlySolver
                  /// modifier below.
                  GPv2Authentication public immutable authenticator;
                  /// @dev The Balancer Vault the protocol uses for managing user funds.
                  IVault public immutable vault;
                  /// @dev The Balancer Vault relayer which can interact on behalf of users.
                  /// This contract is created during deployment
                  GPv2VaultRelayer public immutable vaultRelayer;
                  /// @dev Map each user order by UID to the amount that has been filled so
                  /// far. If this amount is larger than or equal to the amount traded in the
                  /// order (amount sold for sell orders, amount bought for buy orders) then
                  /// the order cannot be traded anymore. If the order is fill or kill, then
                  /// this value is only used to determine whether the order has already been
                  /// executed.
                  mapping(bytes => uint256) public filledAmount;
                  /// @dev Event emitted for each executed trade.
                  event Trade(
                      address indexed owner,
                      IERC20 sellToken,
                      IERC20 buyToken,
                      uint256 sellAmount,
                      uint256 buyAmount,
                      uint256 feeAmount,
                      bytes orderUid
                  );
                  /// @dev Event emitted for each executed interaction.
                  ///
                  /// For gas effeciency, only the interaction calldata selector (first 4
                  /// bytes) is included in the event. For interactions without calldata or
                  /// whose calldata is shorter than 4 bytes, the selector will be `0`.
                  event Interaction(address indexed target, uint256 value, bytes4 selector);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when a settlement complets
                  event Settlement(address indexed solver);
                  /// @dev Event emitted when an order is invalidated.
                  event OrderInvalidated(address indexed owner, bytes orderUid);
                  constructor(GPv2Authentication authenticator_, IVault vault_) {
                      authenticator = authenticator_;
                      vault = vault_;
                      vaultRelayer = new GPv2VaultRelayer(vault_);
                  }
                  // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
                  receive() external payable {
                      // NOTE: Include an empty receive function so that the settlement
                      // contract can receive Ether from contract interactions.
                  }
                  /// @dev This modifier is called by settle function to block any non-listed
                  /// senders from settling batches.
                  modifier onlySolver {
                      require(authenticator.isSolver(msg.sender), "GPv2: not a solver");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier to ensure that an external function is only callable as a
                  /// settlement interaction.
                  modifier onlyInteraction {
                      require(address(this) == msg.sender, "GPv2: not an interaction");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Settle the specified orders at a clearing price. Note that it is
                  /// the responsibility of the caller to ensure that all GPv2 invariants are
                  /// upheld for the input settlement, otherwise this call will revert.
                  /// Namely:
                  /// - All orders are valid and signed
                  /// - Accounts have sufficient balance and approval.
                  /// - Settlement contract has sufficient balance to execute trades. Note
                  ///   this implies that the accumulated fees held in the contract can also
                  ///   be used for settlement. This is OK since:
                  ///   - Solvers need to be authorized
                  ///   - Misbehaving solvers will be slashed for abusing accumulated fees for
                  ///     settlement
                  ///   - Critically, user orders are entirely protected
                  ///
                  /// @param tokens An array of ERC20 tokens to be traded in the settlement.
                  /// Trades encode tokens as indices into this array.
                  /// @param clearingPrices An array of clearing prices where the `i`-th price
                  /// is for the `i`-th token in the [`tokens`] array.
                  /// @param trades Trades for signed orders.
                  /// @param interactions Smart contract interactions split into three
                  /// separate lists to be run before the settlement, during the settlement
                  /// and after the settlement respectively.
                  function settle(
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      uint256[] calldata clearingPrices,
                      GPv2Trade.Data[] calldata trades,
                      GPv2Interaction.Data[][3] calldata interactions
                  ) external nonReentrant onlySolver {
                      executeInteractions(interactions[0]);
                      (
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory inTransfers,
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory outTransfers
                      ) = computeTradeExecutions(tokens, clearingPrices, trades);
                      vaultRelayer.transferFromAccounts(inTransfers);
                      executeInteractions(interactions[1]);
                      vault.transferToAccounts(outTransfers);
                      executeInteractions(interactions[2]);
                      emit Settlement(msg.sender);
                  }
                  /// @dev Settle an order directly against Balancer V2 pools.
                  ///
                  /// @param swaps The Balancer V2 swap steps to use for trading.
                  /// @param tokens An array of ERC20 tokens to be traded in the settlement.
                  /// Swaps and the trade encode tokens as indices into this array.
                  /// @param trade The trade to match directly against Balancer liquidity. The
                  /// order will always be fully executed, so the trade's `executedAmount`
                  /// field is used to represent a swap limit amount.
                  function swap(
                      IVault.BatchSwapStep[] calldata swaps,
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade
                  ) external nonReentrant onlySolver {
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder = allocateRecoveredOrder();
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order = recoveredOrder.data;
                      recoverOrderFromTrade(recoveredOrder, tokens, trade);
                      IVault.SwapKind kind =
                          order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL
                              ? IVault.SwapKind.GIVEN_IN
                              : IVault.SwapKind.GIVEN_OUT;
                      IVault.FundManagement memory funds;
                      funds.sender = recoveredOrder.owner;
                      funds.fromInternalBalance =
                          order.sellTokenBalance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      funds.recipient = payable(recoveredOrder.receiver);
                      funds.toInternalBalance =
                          order.buyTokenBalance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      int256[] memory limits = new int256[](tokens.length);
                      uint256 limitAmount = trade.executedAmount;
                      // NOTE: Array allocation initializes elements to 0, so we only need to
                      // set the limits we care about. This ensures that the swap will respect
                      // the order's limit price.
                      if (order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL) {
                          require(limitAmount >= order.buyAmount, "GPv2: limit too low");
                          limits[trade.sellTokenIndex] = order.sellAmount.toInt256();
                          limits[trade.buyTokenIndex] = -limitAmount.toInt256();
                      } else {
                          require(limitAmount <= order.sellAmount, "GPv2: limit too high");
                          limits[trade.sellTokenIndex] = limitAmount.toInt256();
                          limits[trade.buyTokenIndex] = -order.buyAmount.toInt256();
                      }
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory feeTransfer;
                      feeTransfer.account = recoveredOrder.owner;
                      feeTransfer.token = order.sellToken;
                      feeTransfer.amount = order.feeAmount;
                      feeTransfer.balance = order.sellTokenBalance;
                      int256[] memory tokenDeltas =
                          vaultRelayer.batchSwapWithFee(
                              kind,
                              swaps,
                              tokens,
                              funds,
                              limits,
                              // NOTE: Specify a deadline to ensure that an expire order
                              // cannot be used to trade.
                              order.validTo,
                              feeTransfer
                          );
                      bytes memory orderUid = recoveredOrder.uid;
                      uint256 executedSellAmount =
                          tokenDeltas[trade.sellTokenIndex].toUint256();
                      uint256 executedBuyAmount =
                          (-tokenDeltas[trade.buyTokenIndex]).toUint256();
                      // NOTE: Check that the orders were completely filled and update their
                      // filled amounts to avoid replaying them. The limit price and order
                      // validity have already been verified when executing the swap through
                      // the `limit` and `deadline` parameters.
                      require(filledAmount[orderUid] == 0, "GPv2: order filled");
                      if (order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL) {
                          require(
                              executedSellAmount == order.sellAmount,
                              "GPv2: sell amount not respected"
                          );
                          filledAmount[orderUid] = order.sellAmount;
                      } else {
                          require(
                              executedBuyAmount == order.buyAmount,
                              "GPv2: buy amount not respected"
                          );
                          filledAmount[orderUid] = order.buyAmount;
                      }
                      emit Trade(
                          recoveredOrder.owner,
                          order.sellToken,
                          order.buyToken,
                          executedSellAmount,
                          executedBuyAmount,
                          order.feeAmount,
                          orderUid
                      );
                      emit Settlement(msg.sender);
                  }
                  /// @dev Invalidate onchain an order that has been signed offline.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The unique identifier of the order that is to be made
                  /// invalid after calling this function. The user that created the order
                  /// must be the the sender of this message. See [`extractOrderUidParams`]
                  /// for details on orderUid.
                  function invalidateOrder(bytes calldata orderUid) external {
                      (, address owner, ) = orderUid.extractOrderUidParams();
                      require(owner == msg.sender, "GPv2: caller does not own order");
                      filledAmount[orderUid] = uint256(-1);
                      emit OrderInvalidated(owner, orderUid);
                  }
                  /// @dev Free storage from the filled amounts of **expired** orders to claim
                  /// a gas refund. This method can only be called as an interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUids The unique identifiers of the expired order to free
                  /// storage for.
                  function freeFilledAmountStorage(bytes[] calldata orderUids)
                      external
                      onlyInteraction
                  {
                      freeOrderStorage(filledAmount, orderUids);
                  }
                  /// @dev Free storage from the pre signatures of **expired** orders to claim
                  /// a gas refund. This method can only be called as an interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUids The unique identifiers of the expired order to free
                  /// storage for.
                  function freePreSignatureStorage(bytes[] calldata orderUids)
                      external
                      onlyInteraction
                  {
                      freeOrderStorage(preSignature, orderUids);
                  }
                  /// @dev Process all trades one at a time returning the computed net in and
                  /// out transfers for the trades.
                  ///
                  /// This method reverts if processing of any single trade fails. See
                  /// [`computeTradeExecution`] for more details.
                  ///
                  /// @param tokens An array of ERC20 tokens to be traded in the settlement.
                  /// @param clearingPrices An array of token clearing prices.
                  /// @param trades Trades for signed orders.
                  /// @return inTransfers Array of in transfers of executed sell amounts.
                  /// @return outTransfers Array of out transfers of executed buy amounts.
                  function computeTradeExecutions(
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      uint256[] calldata clearingPrices,
                      GPv2Trade.Data[] calldata trades
                  )
                      internal
                      returns (
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory inTransfers,
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory outTransfers
                      )
                  {
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder = allocateRecoveredOrder();
                      inTransfers = new GPv2Transfer.Data[](trades.length);
                      outTransfers = new GPv2Transfer.Data[](trades.length);
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < trades.length; i++) {
                          GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade = trades[i];
                          recoverOrderFromTrade(recoveredOrder, tokens, trade);
                          computeTradeExecution(
                              recoveredOrder,
                              clearingPrices[trade.sellTokenIndex],
                              clearingPrices[trade.buyTokenIndex],
                              trade.executedAmount,
                              inTransfers[i],
                              outTransfers[i]
                          );
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Compute the in and out transfer amounts for a single trade.
                  /// This function reverts if:
                  /// - The order has expired
                  /// - The order's limit price is not respected
                  /// - The order gets over-filled
                  /// - The fee discount is larger than the executed fee
                  ///
                  /// @param recoveredOrder The recovered order to process.
                  /// @param sellPrice The price of the order's sell token.
                  /// @param buyPrice The price of the order's buy token.
                  /// @param executedAmount The portion of the order to execute. This will be
                  /// ignored for fill-or-kill orders.
                  /// @param inTransfer Memory location for computed executed sell amount
                  /// transfer.
                  /// @param outTransfer Memory location for computed executed buy amount
                  /// transfer.
                  function computeTradeExecution(
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder,
                      uint256 sellPrice,
                      uint256 buyPrice,
                      uint256 executedAmount,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory inTransfer,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory outTransfer
                  ) internal {
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order = recoveredOrder.data;
                      bytes memory orderUid = recoveredOrder.uid;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line not-rely-on-time
                      require(order.validTo >= block.timestamp, "GPv2: order expired");
                      // NOTE: The following computation is derived from the equation:
                      // ```
                      // amount_x * price_x = amount_y * price_y
                      // ```
                      // Intuitively, if a chocolate bar is 0,50€ and a beer is 4€, 1 beer
                      // is roughly worth 8 chocolate bars (`1 * 4 = 8 * 0.5`). From this
                      // equation, we can derive:
                      // - The limit price for selling `x` and buying `y` is respected iff
                      // ```
                      // limit_x * price_x >= limit_y * price_y
                      // ```
                      // - The executed amount of token `y` given some amount of `x` and
                      //   clearing prices is:
                      // ```
                      // amount_y = amount_x * price_x / price_y
                      // ```
                      require(
                          order.sellAmount.mul(sellPrice) >= order.buyAmount.mul(buyPrice),
                          "GPv2: limit price not respected"
                      );
                      uint256 executedSellAmount;
                      uint256 executedBuyAmount;
                      uint256 executedFeeAmount;
                      uint256 currentFilledAmount;
                      if (order.kind == GPv2Order.KIND_SELL) {
                          if (order.partiallyFillable) {
                              executedSellAmount = executedAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount.mul(executedSellAmount).div(
                                  order.sellAmount
                              );
                          } else {
                              executedSellAmount = order.sellAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount;
                          }
                          executedBuyAmount = executedSellAmount.mul(sellPrice).ceilDiv(
                              buyPrice
                          );
                          currentFilledAmount = filledAmount[orderUid].add(
                              executedSellAmount
                          );
                          require(
                              currentFilledAmount <= order.sellAmount,
                              "GPv2: order filled"
                          );
                      } else {
                          if (order.partiallyFillable) {
                              executedBuyAmount = executedAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount.mul(executedBuyAmount).div(
                                  order.buyAmount
                              );
                          } else {
                              executedBuyAmount = order.buyAmount;
                              executedFeeAmount = order.feeAmount;
                          }
                          executedSellAmount = executedBuyAmount.mul(buyPrice).div(sellPrice);
                          currentFilledAmount = filledAmount[orderUid].add(executedBuyAmount);
                          require(
                              currentFilledAmount <= order.buyAmount,
                              "GPv2: order filled"
                          );
                      }
                      executedSellAmount = executedSellAmount.add(executedFeeAmount);
                      filledAmount[orderUid] = currentFilledAmount;
                      emit Trade(
                          recoveredOrder.owner,
                          order.sellToken,
                          order.buyToken,
                          executedSellAmount,
                          executedBuyAmount,
                          executedFeeAmount,
                          orderUid
                      );
                      inTransfer.account = recoveredOrder.owner;
                      inTransfer.token = order.sellToken;
                      inTransfer.amount = executedSellAmount;
                      inTransfer.balance = order.sellTokenBalance;
                      outTransfer.account = recoveredOrder.receiver;
                      outTransfer.token = order.buyToken;
                      outTransfer.amount = executedBuyAmount;
                      outTransfer.balance = order.buyTokenBalance;
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute a list of arbitrary contract calls from this contract.
                  /// @param interactions The list of interactions to execute.
                  function executeInteractions(GPv2Interaction.Data[] calldata interactions)
                      internal
                  {
                      for (uint256 i; i < interactions.length; i++) {
                          GPv2Interaction.Data calldata interaction = interactions[i];
                          // To prevent possible attack on user funds, we explicitly disable
                          // any interactions with the vault relayer contract.
                          require(
                              interaction.target != address(vaultRelayer),
                              "GPv2: forbidden interaction"
                          );
                          GPv2Interaction.execute(interaction);
                          emit Interaction(
                              interaction.target,
                              interaction.value,
                              GPv2Interaction.selector(interaction)
                          );
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Claims refund for the specified storage and order UIDs.
                  ///
                  /// This method reverts if any of the orders are still valid.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUids Order refund data for freeing storage.
                  /// @param orderStorage Order storage mapped on a UID.
                  function freeOrderStorage(
                      mapping(bytes => uint256) storage orderStorage,
                      bytes[] calldata orderUids
                  ) internal {
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < orderUids.length; i++) {
                          bytes calldata orderUid = orderUids[i];
                          (, , uint32 validTo) = orderUid.extractOrderUidParams();
                          // solhint-disable-next-line not-rely-on-time
                          require(validTo < block.timestamp, "GPv2: order still valid");
                          orderStorage[orderUid] = 0;
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "./interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "./interfaces/IVault.sol";
              import "./libraries/GPv2Transfer.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Vault Relayer Contract
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              contract GPv2VaultRelayer {
                  using GPv2Transfer for IVault;
                  /// @dev The creator of the contract which has special permissions. This
                  /// value is set at creation time and cannot change.
                  address private immutable creator;
                  /// @dev The vault this relayer is for.
                  IVault private immutable vault;
                  constructor(IVault vault_) {
                      creator = msg.sender;
                      vault = vault_;
                  }
                  /// @dev Modifier that ensures that a function can only be called by the
                  /// creator of this contract.
                  modifier onlyCreator {
                      require(msg.sender == creator, "GPv2: not creator");
                      _;
                  }
                  /// @dev Transfers all sell amounts for the executed trades from their
                  /// owners to the caller.
                  ///
                  /// This function reverts if:
                  /// - The caller is not the creator of the vault relayer
                  /// - Any ERC20 transfer fails
                  ///
                  /// @param transfers The transfers to execute.
                  function transferFromAccounts(GPv2Transfer.Data[] calldata transfers)
                      external
                      onlyCreator
                  {
                      vault.transferFromAccounts(transfers, msg.sender);
                  }
                  /// @dev Performs a Balancer batched swap on behalf of a user and sends a
                  /// fee to the caller.
                  ///
                  /// This function reverts if:
                  /// - The caller is not the creator of the vault relayer
                  /// - The swap fails
                  /// - The fee transfer fails
                  ///
                  /// @param kind The Balancer swap kind, this can either be `GIVEN_IN` for
                  /// sell orders or `GIVEN_OUT` for buy orders.
                  /// @param swaps The swaps to perform.
                  /// @param tokens The tokens for the swaps. Swaps encode to and from tokens
                  /// as indices into this array.
                  /// @param funds The fund management settings, specifying the user the swap
                  /// is being performed for as well as the recipient of the proceeds.
                  /// @param limits Swap limits for encoding limit prices.
                  /// @param deadline The deadline for the swap.
                  /// @param feeTransfer The transfer data for the caller fee.
                  /// @return tokenDeltas The executed swap amounts.
                  function batchSwapWithFee(
                      IVault.SwapKind kind,
                      IVault.BatchSwapStep[] calldata swaps,
                      IERC20[] memory tokens,
                      IVault.FundManagement memory funds,
                      int256[] memory limits,
                      uint256 deadline,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data calldata feeTransfer
                  ) external onlyCreator returns (int256[] memory tokenDeltas) {
                      tokenDeltas = vault.batchSwap(
                          kind,
                          swaps,
                          tokens,
                          funds,
                          limits,
                          deadline
                      );
                      vault.fastTransferFromAccount(feeTransfer, msg.sender);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Added `name`, `symbol` and `decimals` function declarations
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
               */
              interface IERC20 {
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                   */
                  function name() external view returns (string memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
                   */
                  function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the number of decimals the token uses.
                   */
                  function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                   */
                  function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                   */
                  function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount)
                      external
                      returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                   * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                   * zero by default.
                   *
                   * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                   */
                  function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                   * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                   * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                   * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                   * desired value afterwards:
                   * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                   *
                   * Emits an {Approval} event.
                   */
                  function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                   * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                   * allowance.
                   *
                   * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                   *
                   * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                   */
                  function transferFrom(
                      address sender,
                      address recipient,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) external returns (bool);
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                   * another (`to`).
                   *
                   * Note that `value` may be zero.
                   */
                  event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                  /**
                   * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                   * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                   */
                  event Approval(
                      address indexed owner,
                      address indexed spender,
                      uint256 value
                  );
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
              // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
              // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
              // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
              // (at your option) any later version.
              // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
              // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
              // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
              // GNU General Public License for more details.
              // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
              // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "./IERC20.sol";
              /**
               * @dev Minimal interface for the Vault core contract only containing methods
               * used by Gnosis Protocol V2. Original source:
               * <https://github.com/balancer-labs/balancer-core-v2/blob/v1.0.0/contracts/vault/interfaces/IVault.sol>
               */
              interface IVault {
                  // Internal Balance
                  //
                  // Users can deposit tokens into the Vault, where they are allocated to their Internal Balance, and later
                  // transferred or withdrawn. It can also be used as a source of tokens when joining Pools, as a destination
                  // when exiting them, and as either when performing swaps. This usage of Internal Balance results in greatly reduced
                  // gas costs when compared to relying on plain ERC20 transfers, leading to large savings for frequent users.
                  //
                  // Internal Balance management features batching, which means a single contract call can be used to perform multiple
                  // operations of different kinds, with different senders and recipients, at once.
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a set of user balance operations, which involve Internal Balance (deposit, withdraw or transfer)
                   * and plain ERC20 transfers using the Vault's allowance. This last feature is particularly useful for relayers, as
                   * it lets integrators reuse a user's Vault allowance.
                   *
                   * For each operation, if the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
                   */
                  function manageUserBalance(UserBalanceOp[] memory ops) external payable;
                  /**
                   * @dev Data for `manageUserBalance` operations, which include the possibility for ETH to be sent and received
                   without manual WETH wrapping or unwrapping.
                   */
                  struct UserBalanceOp {
                      UserBalanceOpKind kind;
                      IERC20 asset;
                      uint256 amount;
                      address sender;
                      address payable recipient;
                  }
                  // There are four possible operations in `manageUserBalance`:
                  //
                  // - DEPOSIT_INTERNAL
                  // Increases the Internal Balance of the `recipient` account by transferring tokens from the corresponding
                  // `sender`. The sender must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`.
                  //
                  // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset and forwarding ETH in the call: it will be wrapped
                  // and deposited as WETH. Any ETH amount remaining will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is
                  // relevant for relayers).
                  //
                  // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
                  //
                  //
                  // - WITHDRAW_INTERNAL
                  // Decreases the Internal Balance of the `sender` account by transferring tokens to the `recipient`.
                  //
                  // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset. This will deduct WETH instead, unwrap it and send
                  // it to the recipient as ETH.
                  //
                  // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
                  //
                  //
                  // - TRANSFER_INTERNAL
                  // Transfers tokens from the Internal Balance of the `sender` account to the Internal Balance of `recipient`.
                  //
                  // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
                  //
                  // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
                  //
                  //
                  // - TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                  // Transfers tokens from `sender` to `recipient`, using the Vault's ERC20 allowance. This is typically used by
                  // relayers, as it lets them reuse a user's Vault allowance.
                  //
                  // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
                  //
                  // Emits an `ExternalBalanceTransfer` event.
                  enum UserBalanceOpKind {
                      DEPOSIT_INTERNAL,
                      WITHDRAW_INTERNAL,
                      TRANSFER_INTERNAL,
                      TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                  }
                  // Swaps
                  //
                  // Users can swap tokens with Pools by calling the `swap` and `batchSwap` functions. To do this,
                  // they need not trust Pool contracts in any way: all security checks are made by the Vault. They must however be
                  // aware of the Pools' pricing algorithms in order to estimate the prices Pools will quote.
                  //
                  // The `swap` function executes a single swap, while `batchSwap` can perform multiple swaps in sequence.
                  // In each individual swap, tokens of one kind are sent from the sender to the Pool (this is the 'token in'),
                  // and tokens of another kind are sent from the Pool to the recipient in exchange (this is the 'token out').
                  // More complex swaps, such as one token in to multiple tokens out can be achieved by batching together
                  // individual swaps.
                  //
                  // There are two swap kinds:
                  //  - 'given in' swaps, where the amount of tokens in (sent to the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines (via the
                  // `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens out (to send to the recipient).
                  //  - 'given out' swaps, where the amount of tokens out (received from the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines
                  // (via the `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens in (to receive from the sender).
                  //
                  // Additionally, it is possible to chain swaps using a placeholder input amount, which the Vault replaces with
                  // the calculated output of the previous swap. If the previous swap was 'given in', this will be the calculated
                  // tokenOut amount. If the previous swap was 'given out', it will use the calculated tokenIn amount. These extended
                  // swaps are known as 'multihop' swaps, since they 'hop' through a number of intermediate tokens before arriving at
                  // the final intended token.
                  //
                  // In all cases, tokens are only transferred in and out of the Vault (or withdrawn from and deposited into Internal
                  // Balance) after all individual swaps have been completed, and the net token balance change computed. This makes
                  // certain swap patterns, such as multihops, or swaps that interact with the same token pair in multiple Pools, cost
                  // much less gas than they would otherwise.
                  //
                  // It also means that under certain conditions it is possible to perform arbitrage by swapping with multiple
                  // Pools in a way that results in net token movement out of the Vault (profit), with no tokens being sent in (only
                  // updating the Pool's internal accounting).
                  //
                  // To protect users from front-running or the market changing rapidly, they supply a list of 'limits' for each token
                  // involved in the swap, where either the maximum number of tokens to send (by passing a positive value) or the
                  // minimum amount of tokens to receive (by passing a negative value) is specified.
                  //
                  // Additionally, a 'deadline' timestamp can also be provided, forcing the swap to fail if it occurs after
                  // this point in time (e.g. if the transaction failed to be included in a block promptly).
                  //
                  // If interacting with Pools that hold WETH, it is possible to both send and receive ETH directly: the Vault will do
                  // the wrapping and unwrapping. To enable this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be
                  // passed in the `assets` array instead of the WETH address. Note that it is possible to combine ETH and WETH in the
                  // same swap. Any excess ETH will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is relevant for relayers).
                  //
                  // Finally, Internal Balance can be used when either sending or receiving tokens.
                  enum SwapKind {GIVEN_IN, GIVEN_OUT}
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a swap with a single Pool.
                   *
                   * If the swap is 'given in' (the number of tokens to send to the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
                   * taken from the Pool, which must be greater than or equal to `limit`.
                   *
                   * If the swap is 'given out' (the number of tokens to take from the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
                   * sent to the Pool, which must be less than or equal to `limit`.
                   *
                   * Internal Balance usage and the recipient are determined by the `funds` struct.
                   *
                   * Emits a `Swap` event.
                   */
                  function swap(
                      SingleSwap memory singleSwap,
                      FundManagement memory funds,
                      uint256 limit,
                      uint256 deadline
                  ) external payable returns (uint256);
                  /**
                   * @dev Data for a single swap executed by `swap`. `amount` is either `amountIn` or `amountOut` depending on
                   * the `kind` value.
                   *
                   * `assetIn` and `assetOut` are either token addresses, or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address).
                   * Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
                   *
                   * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
                   * used to extend swap behavior.
                   */
                  struct SingleSwap {
                      bytes32 poolId;
                      SwapKind kind;
                      IERC20 assetIn;
                      IERC20 assetOut;
                      uint256 amount;
                      bytes userData;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Performs a series of swaps with one or multiple Pools. In each individual swap, the caller determines either
                   * the amount of tokens sent to or received from the Pool, depending on the `kind` value.
                   *
                   * Returns an array with the net Vault asset balance deltas. Positive amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent to the
                   * Vault, and negative amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent by the Vault. Each delta corresponds to the asset at
                   * the same index in the `assets` array.
                   *
                   * Swaps are executed sequentially, in the order specified by the `swaps` array. Each array element describes a
                   * Pool, the token to be sent to this Pool, the token to receive from it, and an amount that is either `amountIn` or
                   * `amountOut` depending on the swap kind.
                   *
                   * Multihop swaps can be executed by passing an `amount` value of zero for a swap. This will cause the amount in/out
                   * of the previous swap to be used as the amount in for the current one. In a 'given in' swap, 'tokenIn' must equal
                   * the previous swap's `tokenOut`. For a 'given out' swap, `tokenOut` must equal the previous swap's `tokenIn`.
                   *
                   * The `assets` array contains the addresses of all assets involved in the swaps. These are either token addresses,
                   * or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address). Each entry in the `swaps` array specifies tokens in and
                   * out by referencing an index in `assets`. Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to
                   * or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
                   *
                   * Internal Balance usage, sender, and recipient are determined by the `funds` struct. The `limits` array specifies
                   * the minimum or maximum amount of each token the vault is allowed to transfer.
                   *
                   * `batchSwap` can be used to make a single swap, like `swap` does, but doing so requires more gas than the
                   * equivalent `swap` call.
                   *
                   * Emits `Swap` events.
                   */
                  function batchSwap(
                      SwapKind kind,
                      BatchSwapStep[] memory swaps,
                      IERC20[] memory assets,
                      FundManagement memory funds,
                      int256[] memory limits,
                      uint256 deadline
                  ) external payable returns (int256[] memory);
                  /**
                   * @dev Data for each individual swap executed by `batchSwap`. The asset in and out fields are indexes into the
                   * `assets` array passed to that function, and ETH assets are converted to WETH.
                   *
                   * If `amount` is zero, the multihop mechanism is used to determine the actual amount based on the amount in/out
                   * from the previous swap, depending on the swap kind.
                   *
                   * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
                   * used to extend swap behavior.
                   */
                  struct BatchSwapStep {
                      bytes32 poolId;
                      uint256 assetInIndex;
                      uint256 assetOutIndex;
                      uint256 amount;
                      bytes userData;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev All tokens in a swap are either sent from the `sender` account to the Vault, or from the Vault to the
                   * `recipient` account.
                   *
                   * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
                   *
                   * If `fromInternalBalance` is true, the `sender`'s Internal Balance will be preferred, performing an ERC20
                   * transfer for the difference between the requested amount and the User's Internal Balance (if any). The `sender`
                   * must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`. This matches the behavior of
                   * `joinPool`.
                   *
                   * If `toInternalBalance` is true, tokens will be deposited to `recipient`'s internal balance instead of
                   * transferred. This matches the behavior of `exitPool`.
                   *
                   * Note that ETH cannot be deposited to or withdrawn from Internal Balance: attempting to do so will trigger a
                   * revert.
                   */
                  struct FundManagement {
                      address sender;
                      bool fromInternalBalance;
                      address payable recipient;
                      bool toInternalBalance;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Interaction Library
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Interaction {
                  /// @dev Interaction data for performing arbitrary contract interactions.
                  /// Submitted to [`GPv2Settlement.settle`] for code execution.
                  struct Data {
                      address target;
                      uint256 value;
                      bytes callData;
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute an arbitrary contract interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param interaction Interaction data.
                  function execute(Data calldata interaction) internal {
                      address target = interaction.target;
                      uint256 value = interaction.value;
                      bytes calldata callData = interaction.callData;
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to call the interaction instead of a low level
                      // call for two reasons:
                      // - We don't want to copy the return data, since we discard it for
                      // interactions.
                      // - Solidity will under certain conditions generate code to copy input
                      // calldata twice to memory (the second being a "memcopy loop").
                      // <https://github.com/gnosis/gp-v2-contracts/pull/417#issuecomment-775091258>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          calldatacopy(freeMemoryPointer, callData.offset, callData.length)
                          if iszero(
                              call(
                                  gas(),
                                  target,
                                  value,
                                  freeMemoryPointer,
                                  callData.length,
                                  0,
                                  0
                              )
                          ) {
                              returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                              revert(0, returndatasize())
                          }
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts the Solidity ABI selector for the specified interaction.
                  ///
                  /// @param interaction Interaction data.
                  /// @return result The 4 byte function selector of the call encoded in
                  /// this interaction.
                  function selector(Data calldata interaction)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (bytes4 result)
                  {
                      bytes calldata callData = interaction.callData;
                      if (callData.length >= 4) {
                          // NOTE: Read the first word of the interaction's calldata. The
                          // value does not need to be shifted since `bytesN` values are left
                          // aligned, and the value does not need to be masked since masking
                          // occurs when the value is accessed and not stored:
                          // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/abi-spec.html#encoding-of-indexed-event-parameters>
                          // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/assembly.html#access-to-external-variables-functions-and-libraries>
                          // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                          assembly {
                              result := calldataload(callData.offset)
                          }
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Order Library
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Order {
                  /// @dev The complete data for a Gnosis Protocol order. This struct contains
                  /// all order parameters that are signed for submitting to GP.
                  struct Data {
                      IERC20 sellToken;
                      IERC20 buyToken;
                      address receiver;
                      uint256 sellAmount;
                      uint256 buyAmount;
                      uint32 validTo;
                      bytes32 appData;
                      uint256 feeAmount;
                      bytes32 kind;
                      bool partiallyFillable;
                      bytes32 sellTokenBalance;
                      bytes32 buyTokenBalance;
                  }
                  /// @dev The order EIP-712 type hash for the [`GPv2Order.Data`] struct.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256(
                  ///     "Order(" +
                  ///         "address sellToken," +
                  ///         "address buyToken," +
                  ///         "address receiver," +
                  ///         "uint256 sellAmount," +
                  ///         "uint256 buyAmount," +
                  ///         "uint32 validTo," +
                  ///         "bytes32 appData," +
                  ///         "uint256 feeAmount," +
                  ///         "string kind," +
                  ///         "bool partiallyFillable" +
                  ///         "string sellTokenBalance" +
                  ///         "string buyTokenBalance" +
                  ///     ")"
                  /// )
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant TYPE_HASH =
                      hex"d5a25ba2e97094ad7d83dc28a6572da797d6b3e7fc6663bd93efb789fc17e489";
                  /// @dev The marker value for a sell order for computing the order struct
                  /// hash. This allows the EIP-712 compatible wallets to display a
                  /// descriptive string for the order kind (instead of 0 or 1).
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("sell")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant KIND_SELL =
                      hex"f3b277728b3fee749481eb3e0b3b48980dbbab78658fc419025cb16eee346775";
                  /// @dev The OrderKind marker value for a buy order for computing the order
                  /// struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("buy")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant KIND_BUY =
                      hex"6ed88e868af0a1983e3886d5f3e95a2fafbd6c3450bc229e27342283dc429ccc";
                  /// @dev The TokenBalance marker value for using direct ERC20 balances for
                  /// computing the order struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("erc20")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant BALANCE_ERC20 =
                      hex"5a28e9363bb942b639270062aa6bb295f434bcdfc42c97267bf003f272060dc9";
                  /// @dev The TokenBalance marker value for using Balancer Vault external
                  /// balances (in order to re-use Vault ERC20 approvals) for computing the
                  /// order struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("external")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant BALANCE_EXTERNAL =
                      hex"abee3b73373acd583a130924aad6dc38cfdc44ba0555ba94ce2ff63980ea0632";
                  /// @dev The TokenBalance marker value for using Balancer Vault internal
                  /// balances for computing the order struct hash.
                  ///
                  /// This value is pre-computed from the following expression:
                  /// ```
                  /// keccak256("internal")
                  /// ```
                  bytes32 internal constant BALANCE_INTERNAL =
                      hex"4ac99ace14ee0a5ef932dc609df0943ab7ac16b7583634612f8dc35a4289a6ce";
                  /// @dev Marker address used to indicate that the receiver of the trade
                  /// proceeds should the owner of the order.
                  ///
                  /// This is chosen to be `address(0)` for gas efficiency as it is expected
                  /// to be the most common case.
                  address internal constant RECEIVER_SAME_AS_OWNER = address(0);
                  /// @dev The byte length of an order unique identifier.
                  uint256 internal constant UID_LENGTH = 56;
                  /// @dev Returns the actual receiver for an order. This function checks
                  /// whether or not the [`receiver`] field uses the marker value to indicate
                  /// it is the same as the order owner.
                  ///
                  /// @return receiver The actual receiver of trade proceeds.
                  function actualReceiver(Data memory order, address owner)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (address receiver)
                  {
                      if (order.receiver == RECEIVER_SAME_AS_OWNER) {
                          receiver = owner;
                      } else {
                          receiver = order.receiver;
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Return the EIP-712 signing hash for the specified order.
                  ///
                  /// @param order The order to compute the EIP-712 signing hash for.
                  /// @param domainSeparator The EIP-712 domain separator to use.
                  /// @return orderDigest The 32 byte EIP-712 struct hash.
                  function hash(Data memory order, bytes32 domainSeparator)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (bytes32 orderDigest)
                  {
                      bytes32 structHash;
                      // NOTE: Compute the EIP-712 order struct hash in place. As suggested
                      // in the EIP proposal, noting that the order struct has 10 fields, and
                      // including the type hash `(12 + 1) * 32 = 416` bytes to hash.
                      // <https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/blob/master/EIPS/eip-712.md#rationale-for-encodedata>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let dataStart := sub(order, 32)
                          let temp := mload(dataStart)
                          mstore(dataStart, TYPE_HASH)
                          structHash := keccak256(dataStart, 416)
                          mstore(dataStart, temp)
                      }
                      // NOTE: Now that we have the struct hash, compute the EIP-712 signing
                      // hash using scratch memory past the free memory pointer. The signing
                      // hash is computed from `"\\x19\\x01" || domainSeparator || structHash`.
                      // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html#layout-in-memory>
                      // <https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/blob/master/EIPS/eip-712.md#specification>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          mstore(freeMemoryPointer, "\\x19\\x01")
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 2), domainSeparator)
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 34), structHash)
                          orderDigest := keccak256(freeMemoryPointer, 66)
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Packs order UID parameters into the specified memory location. The
                  /// result is equivalent to `abi.encodePacked(...)` with the difference that
                  /// it allows re-using the memory for packing the order UID.
                  ///
                  /// This function reverts if the order UID buffer is not the correct size.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The buffer pack the order UID parameters into.
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 struct digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param owner The address of the user who owns this order.
                  /// @param validTo The epoch time at which the order will stop being valid.
                  function packOrderUidParams(
                      bytes memory orderUid,
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      address owner,
                      uint32 validTo
                  ) internal pure {
                      require(orderUid.length == UID_LENGTH, "GPv2: uid buffer overflow");
                      // NOTE: Write the order UID to the allocated memory buffer. The order
                      // parameters are written to memory in **reverse order** as memory
                      // operations write 32-bytes at a time and we want to use a packed
                      // encoding. This means, for example, that after writing the value of
                      // `owner` to bytes `20:52`, writing the `orderDigest` to bytes `0:32`
                      // will **overwrite** bytes `20:32`. This is desirable as addresses are
                      // only 20 bytes and `20:32` should be `0`s:
                      //
                      //        |           1111111111222222222233333333334444444444555555
                      //   byte | 01234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345
                      // -------+---------------------------------------------------------
                      //  field | [.........orderDigest..........][......owner.......][vT]
                      // -------+---------------------------------------------------------
                      // mstore |                         [000000000000000000000000000.vT]
                      //        |                     [00000000000.......owner.......]
                      //        | [.........orderDigest..........]
                      //
                      // Additionally, since Solidity `bytes memory` are length prefixed,
                      // 32 needs to be added to all the offsets.
                      //
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mstore(add(orderUid, 56), validTo)
                          mstore(add(orderUid, 52), owner)
                          mstore(add(orderUid, 32), orderDigest)
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts specific order information from the standardized unique
                  /// order id of the protocol.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The unique identifier used to represent an order in
                  /// the protocol. This uid is the packed concatenation of the order digest,
                  /// the validTo order parameter and the address of the user who created the
                  /// order. It is used by the user to interface with the contract directly,
                  /// and not by calls that are triggered by the solvers.
                  /// @return orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @return owner The address of the user who owns this order.
                  /// @return validTo The epoch time at which the order will stop being valid.
                  function extractOrderUidParams(bytes calldata orderUid)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (
                          bytes32 orderDigest,
                          address owner,
                          uint32 validTo
                      )
                  {
                      require(orderUid.length == UID_LENGTH, "GPv2: invalid uid");
                      // Use assembly to efficiently decode packed calldata.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          orderDigest := calldataload(orderUid.offset)
                          owner := shr(96, calldataload(add(orderUid.offset, 32)))
                          validTo := shr(224, calldataload(add(orderUid.offset, 52)))
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "../mixins/GPv2Signing.sol";
              import "./GPv2Order.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Trade Library.
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Trade {
                  using GPv2Order for GPv2Order.Data;
                  using GPv2Order for bytes;
                  /// @dev A struct representing a trade to be executed as part a batch
                  /// settlement.
                  struct Data {
                      uint256 sellTokenIndex;
                      uint256 buyTokenIndex;
                      address receiver;
                      uint256 sellAmount;
                      uint256 buyAmount;
                      uint32 validTo;
                      bytes32 appData;
                      uint256 feeAmount;
                      uint256 flags;
                      uint256 executedAmount;
                      bytes signature;
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts the order data and signing scheme for the specified trade.
                  ///
                  /// @param trade The trade.
                  /// @param tokens The list of tokens included in the settlement. The token
                  /// indices in the trade parameters map to tokens in this array.
                  /// @param order The memory location to extract the order data to.
                  function extractOrder(
                      Data calldata trade,
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order
                  ) internal pure returns (GPv2Signing.Scheme signingScheme) {
                      order.sellToken = tokens[trade.sellTokenIndex];
                      order.buyToken = tokens[trade.buyTokenIndex];
                      order.receiver = trade.receiver;
                      order.sellAmount = trade.sellAmount;
                      order.buyAmount = trade.buyAmount;
                      order.validTo = trade.validTo;
                      order.appData = trade.appData;
                      order.feeAmount = trade.feeAmount;
                      (
                          order.kind,
                          order.partiallyFillable,
                          order.sellTokenBalance,
                          order.buyTokenBalance,
                          signingScheme
                      ) = extractFlags(trade.flags);
                  }
                  /// @dev Decodes trade flags.
                  ///
                  /// Trade flags are used to tightly encode information on how to decode
                  /// an order. Examples that directly affect the structure of an order are
                  /// the kind of order (either a sell or a buy order) as well as whether the
                  /// order is partially fillable or if it is a "fill-or-kill" order. It also
                  /// encodes the signature scheme used to validate the order. As the most
                  /// likely values are fill-or-kill sell orders by an externally owned
                  /// account, the flags are chosen such that `0x00` represents this kind of
                  /// order. The flags byte uses the following format:
                  ///
                  /// ```
                  /// bit | 31 ...   | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 |
                  /// ----+----------+---+---+-------+---+---+
                  ///     | reserved | *   * | * | *   * | * | * |
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |   +---- order kind bit, 0 for a sell order
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |         and 1 for a buy order
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |   +-------- order fill bit, 0 for fill-or-kill
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |             and 1 for a partially fillable order
                  ///                  |   |   |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   |   +---+------------ use internal sell token balance bit:
                  ///                  |   |   |                     0x: ERC20 token balance
                  ///                  |   |   |                     10: external Balancer Vault balance
                  ///                  |   |   |                     11: internal Balancer Vault balance
                  ///                  |   |   |
                  ///                  |   |   +-------------------- use buy token balance bit
                  ///                  |   |                         0: ERC20 token balance
                  ///                  |   |                         1: internal Balancer Vault balance
                  ///                  |   |
                  ///                  +---+------------------------ signature scheme bits:
                  ///                                                00: EIP-712
                  ///                                                01: eth_sign
                  ///                                                10: EIP-1271
                  ///                                                11: pre_sign
                  /// ```
                  function extractFlags(uint256 flags)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (
                          bytes32 kind,
                          bool partiallyFillable,
                          bytes32 sellTokenBalance,
                          bytes32 buyTokenBalance,
                          GPv2Signing.Scheme signingScheme
                      )
                  {
                      if (flags & 0x01 == 0) {
                          kind = GPv2Order.KIND_SELL;
                      } else {
                          kind = GPv2Order.KIND_BUY;
                      }
                      partiallyFillable = flags & 0x02 != 0;
                      if (flags & 0x08 == 0) {
                          sellTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20;
                      } else if (flags & 0x04 == 0) {
                          sellTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_EXTERNAL;
                      } else {
                          sellTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      }
                      if (flags & 0x10 == 0) {
                          buyTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20;
                      } else {
                          buyTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL;
                      }
                      // NOTE: Take advantage of the fact that Solidity will revert if the
                      // following expression does not produce a valid enum value. This means
                      // we check here that the leading reserved bits must be 0.
                      signingScheme = GPv2Signing.Scheme(flags >> 5);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "../interfaces/IVault.sol";
              import "./GPv2Order.sol";
              import "./GPv2SafeERC20.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Transfers
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              library GPv2Transfer {
                  using GPv2SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                  /// @dev Transfer data.
                  struct Data {
                      address account;
                      IERC20 token;
                      uint256 amount;
                      bytes32 balance;
                  }
                  /// @dev Ether marker address used to indicate an Ether transfer.
                  address internal constant BUY_ETH_ADDRESS =
                      0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
                  /// @dev Execute the specified transfer from the specified account to a
                  /// recipient. The recipient will either receive internal Vault balances or
                  /// ERC20 token balances depending on whether the account is using internal
                  /// balances or not.
                  ///
                  /// This method is used for transferring fees to the settlement contract
                  /// when settling a single order directly with Balancer.
                  ///
                  /// Note that this method is subtly different from `transferFromAccounts`
                  /// with a single transfer with respect to how it deals with internal
                  /// balances. Specifically, this method will perform an **internal balance
                  /// transfer to the settlement contract instead of a withdrawal to the
                  /// external balance of the settlement contract** for trades that specify
                  /// trading with internal balances. This is done as a gas optimization in
                  /// the single order "fast-path".
                  ///
                  /// @param vault The Balancer vault to use.
                  /// @param transfer The transfer to perform specifying the sender account.
                  /// @param recipient The recipient for the transfer.
                  function fastTransferFromAccount(
                      IVault vault,
                      Data calldata transfer,
                      address recipient
                  ) internal {
                      require(
                          address(transfer.token) != BUY_ETH_ADDRESS,
                          "GPv2: cannot transfer native ETH"
                      );
                      if (transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20) {
                          transfer.token.safeTransferFrom(
                              transfer.account,
                              recipient,
                              transfer.amount
                          );
                      } else {
                          IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps =
                              new IVault.UserBalanceOp[](1);
                          IVault.UserBalanceOp memory balanceOp = balanceOps[0];
                          balanceOp.kind = transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_EXTERNAL
                              ? IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                              : IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.TRANSFER_INTERNAL;
                          balanceOp.asset = transfer.token;
                          balanceOp.amount = transfer.amount;
                          balanceOp.sender = transfer.account;
                          balanceOp.recipient = payable(recipient);
                          vault.manageUserBalance(balanceOps);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute the specified transfers from the specified accounts to a
                  /// single recipient. The recipient will receive all transfers as ERC20
                  /// token balances, regardless of whether or not the accounts are using
                  /// internal Vault balances.
                  ///
                  /// This method is used for accumulating user balances into the settlement
                  /// contract.
                  ///
                  /// @param vault The Balancer vault to use.
                  /// @param transfers The batched transfers to perform specifying the
                  /// sender accounts.
                  /// @param recipient The single recipient for all the transfers.
                  function transferFromAccounts(
                      IVault vault,
                      Data[] calldata transfers,
                      address recipient
                  ) internal {
                      // NOTE: Allocate buffer of Vault balance operations large enough to
                      // hold all GP transfers. This is done to avoid re-allocations (which
                      // are gas inefficient) while still allowing all transfers to be batched
                      // into a single Vault call.
                      IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps =
                          new IVault.UserBalanceOp[](transfers.length);
                      uint256 balanceOpCount = 0;
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < transfers.length; i++) {
                          Data calldata transfer = transfers[i];
                          require(
                              address(transfer.token) != BUY_ETH_ADDRESS,
                              "GPv2: cannot transfer native ETH"
                          );
                          if (transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20) {
                              transfer.token.safeTransferFrom(
                                  transfer.account,
                                  recipient,
                                  transfer.amount
                              );
                          } else {
                              IVault.UserBalanceOp memory balanceOp =
                                  balanceOps[balanceOpCount++];
                              balanceOp.kind = transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_EXTERNAL
                                  ? IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
                                  : IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.WITHDRAW_INTERNAL;
                              balanceOp.asset = transfer.token;
                              balanceOp.amount = transfer.amount;
                              balanceOp.sender = transfer.account;
                              balanceOp.recipient = payable(recipient);
                          }
                      }
                      if (balanceOpCount > 0) {
                          truncateBalanceOpsArray(balanceOps, balanceOpCount);
                          vault.manageUserBalance(balanceOps);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Execute the specified transfers to their respective accounts.
                  ///
                  /// This method is used for paying out trade proceeds from the settlement
                  /// contract.
                  ///
                  /// @param vault The Balancer vault to use.
                  /// @param transfers The batched transfers to perform.
                  function transferToAccounts(IVault vault, Data[] memory transfers)
                      internal
                  {
                      IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps =
                          new IVault.UserBalanceOp[](transfers.length);
                      uint256 balanceOpCount = 0;
                      for (uint256 i = 0; i < transfers.length; i++) {
                          Data memory transfer = transfers[i];
                          if (address(transfer.token) == BUY_ETH_ADDRESS) {
                              require(
                                  transfer.balance != GPv2Order.BALANCE_INTERNAL,
                                  "GPv2: unsupported internal ETH"
                              );
                              payable(transfer.account).transfer(transfer.amount);
                          } else if (transfer.balance == GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20) {
                              transfer.token.safeTransfer(transfer.account, transfer.amount);
                          } else {
                              IVault.UserBalanceOp memory balanceOp =
                                  balanceOps[balanceOpCount++];
                              balanceOp.kind = IVault.UserBalanceOpKind.DEPOSIT_INTERNAL;
                              balanceOp.asset = transfer.token;
                              balanceOp.amount = transfer.amount;
                              balanceOp.sender = address(this);
                              balanceOp.recipient = payable(transfer.account);
                          }
                      }
                      if (balanceOpCount > 0) {
                          truncateBalanceOpsArray(balanceOps, balanceOpCount);
                          vault.manageUserBalance(balanceOps);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Truncate a Vault balance operation array to its actual size.
                  ///
                  /// This method **does not** check whether or not the new length is valid,
                  /// and specifying a size that is larger than the array's actual length is
                  /// undefined behaviour.
                  ///
                  /// @param balanceOps The memory array of balance operations to truncate.
                  /// @param newLength The new length to set.
                  function truncateBalanceOpsArray(
                      IVault.UserBalanceOp[] memory balanceOps,
                      uint256 newLength
                  ) private pure {
                      // NOTE: Truncate the vault transfers array to the specified length.
                      // This is done by setting the array's length which occupies the first
                      // word in memory pointed to by the `balanceOps` memory variable.
                      // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mstore(balanceOps, newLength)
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Shortened revert messages
              // - Removed unused methods
              // - Convert to `type(*).*` notation
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/utils/SafeCast.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's uintXX/intXX casting operators with added overflow
               * checks.
               *
               * Downcasting from uint256/int256 in Solidity does not revert on overflow. This can
               * easily result in undesired exploitation or bugs, since developers usually
               * assume that overflows raise errors. `SafeCast` restores this intuition by
               * reverting the transaction when such an operation overflows.
               *
               * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
               * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
               *
               * Can be combined with {SafeMath} and {SignedSafeMath} to extend it to smaller types, by performing
               * all math on `uint256` and `int256` and then downcasting.
               */
              library SafeCast {
                  /**
                   * @dev Converts a signed int256 into an unsigned uint256.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - input must be greater than or equal to 0.
                   */
                  function toUint256(int256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(value >= 0, "SafeCast: not positive");
                      return uint256(value);
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Converts an unsigned uint256 into a signed int256.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - input must be less than or equal to maxInt256.
                   */
                  function toInt256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (int256) {
                      require(
                          value <= uint256(type(int256).max),
                          "SafeCast: int256 overflow"
                      );
                      return int256(value);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // - Shortened some revert messages
              // - Removed unused methods
              // - Added `ceilDiv` method
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/math/SafeMath.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow
               * checks.
               *
               * Arithmetic operations in Solidity wrap on overflow. This can easily result
               * in bugs, because programmers usually assume that an overflow raises an
               * error, which is the standard behavior in high level programming languages.
               * `SafeMath` restores this intuition by reverting the transaction when an
               * operation overflows.
               *
               * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
               * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
               */
              library SafeMath {
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * overflow.
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - Addition cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      uint256 c = a + b;
                      require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");
                      return c;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * overflow (when the result is negative).
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(b <= a, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
                      return a - b;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * overflow.
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      if (a == 0) return 0;
                      uint256 c = a * b;
                      require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: mul overflow");
                      return c;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                   * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
                   *
                   * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
                   * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
                   * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                   */
                  function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(b > 0, "SafeMath: division by 0");
                      return a / b;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Returns the ceiling integer division of two unsigned integers,
                   * reverting on division by zero. The result is rounded towards up the
                   * nearest integer, instead of truncating the fractional part.
                   *
                   * Requirements:
                   *
                   * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                   * - The sum of the dividend and divisor cannot overflow.
                   */
                  function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                      require(b > 0, "SafeMath: ceiling division by 0");
                      return a / b + (a % b == 0 ? 0 : 1);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/GPv2EIP1271.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Trade.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Signing Library.
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              abstract contract GPv2Signing {
                  using GPv2Order for GPv2Order.Data;
                  using GPv2Order for bytes;
                  /// @dev Recovered trade data containing the extracted order and the
                  /// recovered owner address.
                  struct RecoveredOrder {
                      GPv2Order.Data data;
                      bytes uid;
                      address owner;
                      address receiver;
                  }
                  /// @dev Signing scheme used for recovery.
                  enum Scheme {Eip712, EthSign, Eip1271, PreSign}
                  /// @dev The EIP-712 domain type hash used for computing the domain
                  /// separator.
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_TYPE_HASH =
                      keccak256(
                          "EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
                      );
                  /// @dev The EIP-712 domain name used for computing the domain separator.
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_NAME = keccak256("Gnosis Protocol");
                  /// @dev The EIP-712 domain version used for computing the domain separator.
                  bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_VERSION = keccak256("v2");
                  /// @dev Marker value indicating an order is pre-signed.
                  uint256 private constant PRE_SIGNED =
                      uint256(keccak256("GPv2Signing.Scheme.PreSign"));
                  /// @dev The domain separator used for signing orders that gets mixed in
                  /// making signatures for different domains incompatible. This domain
                  /// separator is computed following the EIP-712 standard and has replay
                  /// protection mixed in so that signed orders are only valid for specific
                  /// GPv2 contracts.
                  bytes32 public immutable domainSeparator;
                  /// @dev Storage indicating whether or not an order has been signed by a
                  /// particular address.
                  mapping(bytes => uint256) public preSignature;
                  /// @dev Event that is emitted when an account either pre-signs an order or
                  /// revokes an existing pre-signature.
                  event PreSignature(address indexed owner, bytes orderUid, bool signed);
                  constructor() {
                      // NOTE: Currently, the only way to get the chain ID in solidity is
                      // using assembly.
                      uint256 chainId;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          chainId := chainid()
                      }
                      domainSeparator = keccak256(
                          abi.encode(
                              DOMAIN_TYPE_HASH,
                              DOMAIN_NAME,
                              DOMAIN_VERSION,
                              chainId,
                              address(this)
                          )
                      );
                  }
                  /// @dev Sets a presignature for the specified order UID.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderUid The unique identifier of the order to pre-sign.
                  function setPreSignature(bytes calldata orderUid, bool signed) external {
                      (, address owner, ) = orderUid.extractOrderUidParams();
                      require(owner == msg.sender, "GPv2: cannot presign order");
                      if (signed) {
                          preSignature[orderUid] = PRE_SIGNED;
                      } else {
                          preSignature[orderUid] = 0;
                      }
                      emit PreSignature(owner, orderUid, signed);
                  }
                  /// @dev Returns an empty recovered order with a pre-allocated buffer for
                  /// packing the unique identifier.
                  ///
                  /// @return recoveredOrder The empty recovered order data.
                  function allocateRecoveredOrder()
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder)
                  {
                      recoveredOrder.uid = new bytes(GPv2Order.UID_LENGTH);
                  }
                  /// @dev Extracts order data and recovers the signer from the specified
                  /// trade.
                  ///
                  /// @param recoveredOrder Memory location used for writing the recovered order data.
                  /// @param tokens The list of tokens included in the settlement. The token
                  /// indices in the trade parameters map to tokens in this array.
                  /// @param trade The trade data to recover the order data from.
                  function recoverOrderFromTrade(
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder,
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade
                  ) internal view {
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order = recoveredOrder.data;
                      Scheme signingScheme = GPv2Trade.extractOrder(trade, tokens, order);
                      (bytes32 orderDigest, address owner) =
                          recoverOrderSigner(order, signingScheme, trade.signature);
                      recoveredOrder.uid.packOrderUidParams(
                          orderDigest,
                          owner,
                          order.validTo
                      );
                      recoveredOrder.owner = owner;
                      recoveredOrder.receiver = order.actualReceiver(owner);
                  }
                  /// @dev The length of any signature from an externally owned account.
                  uint256 private constant ECDSA_SIGNATURE_LENGTH = 65;
                  /// @dev Recovers an order's signer from the specified order and signature.
                  ///
                  /// @param order The order to recover a signature for.
                  /// @param signingScheme The signing scheme.
                  /// @param signature The signature bytes.
                  /// @return orderDigest The computed order hash.
                  /// @return owner The recovered address from the specified signature.
                  function recoverOrderSigner(
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order,
                      Scheme signingScheme,
                      bytes calldata signature
                  ) internal view returns (bytes32 orderDigest, address owner) {
                      orderDigest = order.hash(domainSeparator);
                      if (signingScheme == Scheme.Eip712) {
                          owner = recoverEip712Signer(orderDigest, signature);
                      } else if (signingScheme == Scheme.EthSign) {
                          owner = recoverEthsignSigner(orderDigest, signature);
                      } else if (signingScheme == Scheme.Eip1271) {
                          owner = recoverEip1271Signer(orderDigest, signature);
                      } else {
                          // signingScheme == Scheme.PreSign
                          owner = recoverPreSigner(orderDigest, signature, order.validTo);
                      }
                  }
                  /// @dev Perform an ECDSA recover for the specified message and calldata
                  /// signature.
                  ///
                  /// The signature is encoded by tighyly packing the following struct:
                  /// ```
                  /// struct EncodedSignature {
                  ///     bytes32 r;
                  ///     bytes32 s;
                  ///     uint8 v;
                  /// }
                  /// ```
                  ///
                  /// @param message The signed message.
                  /// @param encodedSignature The encoded signature.
                  function ecdsaRecover(bytes32 message, bytes calldata encodedSignature)
                      internal
                      pure
                      returns (address signer)
                  {
                      require(
                          encodedSignature.length == ECDSA_SIGNATURE_LENGTH,
                          "GPv2: malformed ecdsa signature"
                      );
                      bytes32 r;
                      bytes32 s;
                      uint8 v;
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to efficiently decode signature data.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          // r = uint256(encodedSignature[0:32])
                          r := calldataload(encodedSignature.offset)
                          // s = uint256(encodedSignature[32:64])
                          s := calldataload(add(encodedSignature.offset, 32))
                          // v = uint8(encodedSignature[64])
                          v := shr(248, calldataload(add(encodedSignature.offset, 64)))
                      }
                      signer = ecrecover(message, v, r, s);
                      require(signer != address(0), "GPv2: invalid ecdsa signature");
                  }
                  /// @dev Decodes signature bytes originating from an EIP-712-encoded
                  /// signature.
                  ///
                  /// EIP-712 signs typed data. The specifications are described in the
                  /// related EIP (<https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712>).
                  ///
                  /// EIP-712 signatures are encoded as standard ECDSA signatures as described
                  /// in the corresponding decoding function [`ecdsaRecover`].
                  ///
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param encodedSignature Calldata pointing to tightly packed signature
                  /// bytes.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverEip712Signer(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature
                  ) internal pure returns (address owner) {
                      owner = ecdsaRecover(orderDigest, encodedSignature);
                  }
                  /// @dev Decodes signature bytes originating from the output of the eth_sign
                  /// RPC call.
                  ///
                  /// The specifications are described in the Ethereum documentation
                  /// (<https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign>).
                  ///
                  /// eth_sign signatures are encoded as standard ECDSA signatures as
                  /// described in the corresponding decoding function
                  /// [`ecdsaRecover`].
                  ///
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param encodedSignature Calldata pointing to tightly packed signature
                  /// bytes.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverEthsignSigner(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature
                  ) internal pure returns (address owner) {
                      // The signed message is encoded as:
                      // `"\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
              " || length || data`, where
                      // the length is a constant (32 bytes) and the data is defined as:
                      // `orderDigest`.
                      bytes32 ethsignDigest =
                          keccak256(
                              abi.encodePacked(
                                  "\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
              32",
                                  orderDigest
                              )
                          );
                      owner = ecdsaRecover(ethsignDigest, encodedSignature);
                  }
                  /// @dev Verifies the input calldata as an EIP-1271 contract signature and
                  /// returns the address of the signer.
                  ///
                  /// The encoded signature tightly packs the following struct:
                  ///
                  /// ```
                  /// struct EncodedEip1271Signature {
                  ///     address owner;
                  ///     bytes signature;
                  /// }
                  /// ```
                  ///
                  /// This function enforces that the encoded data stores enough bytes to
                  /// cover the full length of the decoded signature.
                  ///
                  /// @param encodedSignature The encoded EIP-1271 signature.
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverEip1271Signer(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature
                  ) internal view returns (address owner) {
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to read the verifier address from the encoded
                      // signature bytes.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          // owner = address(encodedSignature[0:20])
                          owner := shr(96, calldataload(encodedSignature.offset))
                      }
                      // NOTE: Configure prettier to ignore the following line as it causes
                      // a panic in the Solidity plugin.
                      // prettier-ignore
                      bytes calldata signature = encodedSignature[20:];
                      require(
                          EIP1271Verifier(owner).isValidSignature(orderDigest, signature) ==
                              GPv2EIP1271.MAGICVALUE,
                          "GPv2: invalid eip1271 signature"
                      );
                  }
                  /// @dev Verifies the order has been pre-signed. The signature is the
                  /// address of the signer of the order.
                  ///
                  /// @param orderDigest The EIP-712 signing digest derived from the order
                  /// parameters.
                  /// @param encodedSignature The pre-sign signature reprenting the order UID.
                  /// @param validTo The order expiry timestamp.
                  /// @return owner The address of the signer.
                  function recoverPreSigner(
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      bytes calldata encodedSignature,
                      uint32 validTo
                  ) internal view returns (address owner) {
                      require(encodedSignature.length == 20, "GPv2: malformed presignature");
                      // NOTE: Use assembly to read the owner address from the encoded
                      // signature bytes.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          // owner = address(encodedSignature[0:20])
                          owner := shr(96, calldataload(encodedSignature.offset))
                      }
                      bytes memory orderUid = new bytes(GPv2Order.UID_LENGTH);
                      orderUid.packOrderUidParams(orderDigest, owner, validTo);
                      require(
                          preSignature[orderUid] == PRE_SIGNED,
                          "GPv2: order not presigned"
                      );
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
              // Vendored from OpenZeppelin contracts with minor modifications:
              // - Modified Solidity version
              // - Formatted code
              // <https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/v3.4.0/contracts/utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol>
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              /**
               * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
               *
               * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
               * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
               * (reentrant) calls to them.
               *
               * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
               * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
               * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
               * points to them.
               *
               * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
               * to protect against it, check out our blog post
               * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
               */
              abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
                  // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
                  // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
                  // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
                  // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
                  // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
                  // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
                  // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
                  // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
                  // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
                  // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
                  uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
                  uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
                  uint256 private _status;
                  constructor() {
                      _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                  }
                  /**
                   * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
                   * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
                   * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
                   * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and make it call a
                   * `private` function that does the actual work.
                   */
                  modifier nonReentrant() {
                      // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
                      require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
                      // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                      _status = _ENTERED;
                      _;
                      // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                      // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                      _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              /// @title Gnosis Protocol v2 Safe ERC20 Transfer Library
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              /// @dev Gas-efficient version of Openzeppelin's SafeERC20 contract that notably
              /// does not revert when calling a non-contract.
              library GPv2SafeERC20 {
                  /// @dev Wrapper around a call to the ERC20 function `transfer` that reverts
                  /// also when the token returns `false`.
                  function safeTransfer(
                      IERC20 token,
                      address to,
                      uint256 value
                  ) internal {
                      bytes4 selector_ = token.transfer.selector;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          mstore(freeMemoryPointer, selector_)
                          mstore(
                              add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                              and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
                          )
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 36), value)
                          if iszero(call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 68, 0, 0)) {
                              returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                              revert(0, returndatasize())
                          }
                      }
                      require(getLastTansferResult(token), "GPv2: failed transfer");
                  }
                  /// @dev Wrapper around a call to the ERC20 function `transferFrom` that
                  /// reverts also when the token returns `false`.
                  function safeTransferFrom(
                      IERC20 token,
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 value
                  ) internal {
                      bytes4 selector_ = token.transferFrom.selector;
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          let freeMemoryPointer := mload(0x40)
                          mstore(freeMemoryPointer, selector_)
                          mstore(
                              add(freeMemoryPointer, 4),
                              and(from, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
                          )
                          mstore(
                              add(freeMemoryPointer, 36),
                              and(to, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
                          )
                          mstore(add(freeMemoryPointer, 68), value)
                          if iszero(call(gas(), token, 0, freeMemoryPointer, 100, 0, 0)) {
                              returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                              revert(0, returndatasize())
                          }
                      }
                      require(getLastTansferResult(token), "GPv2: failed transferFrom");
                  }
                  /// @dev Verifies that the last return was a successful `transfer*` call.
                  /// This is done by checking that the return data is either empty, or
                  /// is a valid ABI encoded boolean.
                  function getLastTansferResult(IERC20 token)
                      private
                      view
                      returns (bool success)
                  {
                      // NOTE: Inspecting previous return data requires assembly. Note that
                      // we write the return data to memory 0 in the case where the return
                      // data size is 32, this is OK since the first 64 bytes of memory are
                      // reserved by Solidy as a scratch space that can be used within
                      // assembly blocks.
                      // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html>
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          /// @dev Revert with an ABI encoded Solidity error with a message
                          /// that fits into 32-bytes.
                          ///
                          /// An ABI encoded Solidity error has the following memory layout:
                          ///
                          /// ------------+----------------------------------
                          ///  byte range | value
                          /// ------------+----------------------------------
                          ///  0x00..0x04 |        selector("Error(string)")
                          ///  0x04..0x24 |      string offset (always 0x20)
                          ///  0x24..0x44 |                    string length
                          ///  0x44..0x64 | string value, padded to 32-bytes
                          function revertWithMessage(length, message) {
                              mstore(0x00, "\\x08\\xc3\\x79\\xa0")
                              mstore(0x04, 0x20)
                              mstore(0x24, length)
                              mstore(0x44, message)
                              revert(0x00, 0x64)
                          }
                          switch returndatasize()
                              // Non-standard ERC20 transfer without return.
                              case 0 {
                                  // NOTE: When the return data size is 0, verify that there
                                  // is code at the address. This is done in order to maintain
                                  // compatibility with Solidity calling conventions.
                                  // <https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/control-structures.html#external-function-calls>
                                  if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                                      revertWithMessage(20, "GPv2: not a contract")
                                  }
                                  success := 1
                              }
                              // Standard ERC20 transfer returning boolean success value.
                              case 32 {
                                  returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                  // NOTE: For ABI encoding v1, any non-zero value is accepted
                                  // as `true` for a boolean. In order to stay compatible with
                                  // OpenZeppelin's `SafeERC20` library which is known to work
                                  // with the existing ERC20 implementation we care about,
                                  // make sure we return success for any non-zero return value
                                  // from the `transfer*` call.
                                  success := iszero(iszero(mload(0)))
                              }
                              default {
                                  revertWithMessage(31, "GPv2: malformed transfer result")
                              }
                      }
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              library GPv2EIP1271 {
                  /// @dev Value returned by a call to `isValidSignature` if the signature
                  /// was verified successfully. The value is defined in EIP-1271 as:
                  /// bytes4(keccak256("isValidSignature(bytes32,bytes)"))
                  bytes4 internal constant MAGICVALUE = 0x1626ba7e;
              }
              /// @title EIP1271 Interface
              /// @dev Standardized interface for an implementation of smart contract
              /// signatures as described in EIP-1271. The code that follows is identical to
              /// the code in the standard with the exception of formatting and syntax
              /// changes to adapt the code to our Solidity version.
              interface EIP1271Verifier {
                  /// @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the
                  /// provided data
                  /// @param _hash      Hash of the data to be signed
                  /// @param _signature Signature byte array associated with _data
                  ///
                  /// MUST return the bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e when function passes.
                  /// MUST NOT modify state (using STATICCALL for solc < 0.5, view modifier for
                  /// solc > 0.5)
                  /// MUST allow external calls
                  ///
                  function isValidSignature(bytes32 _hash, bytes memory _signature)
                      external
                      view
                      returns (bytes4 magicValue);
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../interfaces/GPv2EIP1271.sol";
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2SafeERC20.sol";
              import "../libraries/SafeMath.sol";
              import "../GPv2Settlement.sol";
              /// @title Proof of Concept Smart Order
              /// @author Gnosis Developers
              contract SmartSellOrder is EIP1271Verifier {
                  using GPv2Order for GPv2Order.Data;
                  using GPv2SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                  using SafeMath for uint256;
                  bytes32 public constant APPDATA = keccak256("SmartSellOrder");
                  address public immutable owner;
                  bytes32 public immutable domainSeparator;
                  IERC20 public immutable sellToken;
                  IERC20 public immutable buyToken;
                  uint256 public immutable totalSellAmount;
                  uint256 public immutable totalFeeAmount;
                  uint32 public immutable validTo;
                  constructor(
                      GPv2Settlement settlement,
                      IERC20 sellToken_,
                      IERC20 buyToken_,
                      uint32 validTo_,
                      uint256 totalSellAmount_,
                      uint256 totalFeeAmount_
                  ) {
                      owner = msg.sender;
                      domainSeparator = settlement.domainSeparator();
                      sellToken = sellToken_;
                      buyToken = buyToken_;
                      validTo = validTo_;
                      totalSellAmount = totalSellAmount_;
                      totalFeeAmount = totalFeeAmount_;
                      sellToken_.approve(
                          address(settlement.vaultRelayer()),
                          type(uint256).max
                      );
                  }
                  modifier onlyOwner {
                      require(msg.sender == owner, "not owner");
                      _;
                  }
                  function withdraw(uint256 amount) external onlyOwner {
                      sellToken.safeTransfer(owner, amount);
                  }
                  function close() external onlyOwner {
                      uint256 balance = sellToken.balanceOf(address(this));
                      if (balance != 0) {
                          sellToken.safeTransfer(owner, balance);
                      }
                      selfdestruct(payable(owner));
                  }
                  function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature)
                      external
                      view
                      override
                      returns (bytes4 magicValue)
                  {
                      uint256 sellAmount = abi.decode(signature, (uint256));
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order = orderForSellAmount(sellAmount);
                      if (order.hash(domainSeparator) == hash) {
                          magicValue = GPv2EIP1271.MAGICVALUE;
                      }
                  }
                  function orderForSellAmount(uint256 sellAmount)
                      public
                      view
                      returns (GPv2Order.Data memory order)
                  {
                      order.sellToken = sellToken;
                      order.buyToken = buyToken;
                      order.receiver = owner;
                      order.sellAmount = sellAmount;
                      order.buyAmount = buyAmountForSellAmount(sellAmount);
                      order.validTo = validTo;
                      order.appData = APPDATA;
                      order.feeAmount = totalFeeAmount.mul(sellAmount).div(totalSellAmount);
                      order.kind = GPv2Order.KIND_SELL;
                      // NOTE: We counter-intuitively set `partiallyFillable` to `false`, even
                      // if the smart order as a whole acts like a partially fillable order.
                      // This is done since, once a settlement commits to a specific sell
                      // amount, then it is expected to use it completely and not partially.
                      order.partiallyFillable = false;
                      order.sellTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20;
                      order.buyTokenBalance = GPv2Order.BALANCE_ERC20;
                  }
                  function buyAmountForSellAmount(uint256 sellAmount)
                      private
                      view
                      returns (uint256 buyAmount)
                  {
                      uint256 feeAdjustedBalance =
                          sellToken.balanceOf(address(this)).mul(totalSellAmount).div(
                              totalSellAmount.add(totalFeeAmount)
                          );
                      uint256 soldAmount =
                          totalSellAmount > feeAdjustedBalance
                              ? totalSellAmount - feeAdjustedBalance
                              : 0;
                      // NOTE: This is currently a silly price strategy where the xrate
                      // increases linearly from 1:1 to 1:2 as the smart order gets filled.
                      // This can be extended to more complex "price curves".
                      buyAmount = sellAmount
                          .mul(totalSellAmount.add(sellAmount).add(soldAmount))
                          .div(totalSellAmount);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../libraries/SafeMath.sol";
              abstract contract NonStandardERC20 {
                  using SafeMath for uint256;
                  mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
                  mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
                  function mint(address to, uint256 amount) external {
                      balanceOf[to] = balanceOf[to].add(amount);
                  }
                  function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external {
                      allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
                  }
                  function transfer_(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
                      balanceOf[msg.sender] = balanceOf[msg.sender].sub(amount);
                      balanceOf[to] = balanceOf[to].add(amount);
                  }
                  function transferFrom_(
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) internal {
                      allowance[from][msg.sender] = allowance[from][msg.sender].sub(amount);
                      balanceOf[from] = balanceOf[from].sub(amount);
                      balanceOf[to] = balanceOf[to].add(amount);
                  }
              }
              contract ERC20NoReturn is NonStandardERC20 {
                  function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external {
                      transfer_(to, amount);
                  }
                  function transferFrom(
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) external {
                      transferFrom_(from, to, amount);
                  }
              }
              contract ERC20ReturningUint is NonStandardERC20 {
                  // Largest 256-bit prime :)
                  uint256 private constant OK =
                      115792089237316195423570985008687907853269984665640564039457584007913129639747;
                  function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (uint256) {
                      transfer_(to, amount);
                      return OK;
                  }
                  function transferFrom(
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 amount
                  ) external returns (uint256) {
                      transferFrom_(from, to, amount);
                      return OK;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../interfaces/IERC20.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2SafeERC20.sol";
              contract GPv2SafeERC20TestInterface {
                  using GPv2SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                  function transfer(
                      IERC20 token,
                      address to,
                      uint256 value
                  ) public {
                      token.safeTransfer(to, value);
                  }
                  function transferFrom(
                      IERC20 token,
                      address from,
                      address to,
                      uint256 value
                  ) public {
                      token.safeTransferFrom(from, to, value);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Trade.sol";
              contract GPv2TradeTestInterface {
                  function extractOrderTest(
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade
                  ) external pure returns (GPv2Order.Data memory order) {
                      GPv2Trade.extractOrder(trade, tokens, order);
                  }
                  function extractFlagsTest(uint256 flags)
                      external
                      pure
                      returns (
                          bytes32 kind,
                          bool partiallyFillable,
                          bytes32 sellTokenBalance,
                          bytes32 buyTokenBalance,
                          GPv2Signing.Scheme signingScheme
                      )
                  {
                      return GPv2Trade.extractFlags(flags);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Trade.sol";
              import "../mixins/GPv2Signing.sol";
              contract GPv2SigningTestInterface is GPv2Signing {
                  function recoverOrderFromTradeTest(
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      GPv2Trade.Data calldata trade
                  ) external view returns (RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder) {
                      recoveredOrder = allocateRecoveredOrder();
                      recoverOrderFromTrade(recoveredOrder, tokens, trade);
                  }
                  function recoverOrderSignerTest(
                      GPv2Order.Data memory order,
                      GPv2Signing.Scheme signingScheme,
                      bytes calldata signature
                  ) external view returns (address owner) {
                      (, owner) = recoverOrderSigner(order, signingScheme, signature);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              import "../interfaces/GPv2EIP1271.sol";
              /// @dev This contract implements the standard described in EIP-1271 with the
              /// minor change that the verification function changes the state. This is
              /// forbidden by the standard specifications.
              contract StateChangingEIP1271 {
                  uint256 public state = 0;
                  // solhint-disable-next-line no-unused-vars
                  function isValidSignature(bytes32 _hash, bytes memory _signature)
                      public
                      returns (bytes4 magicValue)
                  {
                      state += 1;
                      magicValue = GPv2EIP1271.MAGICVALUE;
                      // The following lines are here to suppress no-unused-var compiler-time
                      // warnings when compiling the contracts. The warning is forwarded by
                      // Hardhat from Solc. It is currently not possible to selectively
                      // ignore Solc warinings:
                      // <https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/269>
                      _hash;
                      _signature;
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../libraries/GPv2Order.sol";
              contract GPv2OrderTestInterface {
                  using GPv2Order for GPv2Order.Data;
                  using GPv2Order for bytes;
                  function typeHashTest() external pure returns (bytes32) {
                      return GPv2Order.TYPE_HASH;
                  }
                  function hashTest(GPv2Order.Data memory order, bytes32 domainSeparator)
                      external
                      pure
                      returns (bytes32 orderDigest)
                  {
                      orderDigest = order.hash(domainSeparator);
                  }
                  function packOrderUidParamsTest(
                      uint256 bufferLength,
                      bytes32 orderDigest,
                      address owner,
                      uint32 validTo
                  ) external pure returns (bytes memory orderUid) {
                      orderUid = new bytes(bufferLength);
                      orderUid.packOrderUidParams(orderDigest, owner, validTo);
                  }
                  function extractOrderUidParamsTest(bytes calldata orderUid)
                      external
                      pure
                      returns (
                          bytes32 orderDigest,
                          address owner,
                          uint32 validTo
                      )
                  {
                      return orderUid.extractOrderUidParams();
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../libraries/GPv2Transfer.sol";
              contract GPv2TransferTestInterface {
                  function fastTransferFromAccountTest(
                      IVault vault,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data calldata transfer,
                      address recipient
                  ) external {
                      GPv2Transfer.fastTransferFromAccount(vault, transfer, recipient);
                  }
                  function transferFromAccountsTest(
                      IVault vault,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data[] calldata transfers,
                      address recipient
                  ) external {
                      GPv2Transfer.transferFromAccounts(vault, transfers, recipient);
                  }
                  function transferToAccountsTest(
                      IVault vault,
                      GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory transfers
                  ) external {
                      GPv2Transfer.transferToAccounts(vault, transfers);
                  }
                  // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
                  receive() external payable {}
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../GPv2Settlement.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Interaction.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Trade.sol";
              import "../libraries/GPv2Transfer.sol";
              contract GPv2SettlementTestInterface is GPv2Settlement {
                  constructor(GPv2Authentication authenticator_, IVault vault)
                      GPv2Settlement(authenticator_, vault)
                  // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
                  {
                  }
                  function setFilledAmount(bytes calldata orderUid, uint256 amount) external {
                      filledAmount[orderUid] = amount;
                  }
                  function computeTradeExecutionsTest(
                      IERC20[] calldata tokens,
                      uint256[] calldata clearingPrices,
                      GPv2Trade.Data[] calldata trades
                  )
                      external
                      returns (
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory inTransfers,
                          GPv2Transfer.Data[] memory outTransfers
                      )
                  {
                      (inTransfers, outTransfers) = computeTradeExecutions(
                          tokens,
                          clearingPrices,
                          trades
                      );
                  }
                  function computeTradeExecutionMemoryTest() external returns (uint256 mem) {
                      RecoveredOrder memory recoveredOrder;
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory inTransfer;
                      GPv2Transfer.Data memory outTransfer;
                      // NOTE: Solidity stores the free memory pointer at address 0x40. Read
                      // it before and after calling `processOrder` to ensure that there are
                      // no memory allocations.
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mem := mload(0x40)
                      }
                      // solhint-disable-next-line not-rely-on-time
                      recoveredOrder.data.validTo = uint32(block.timestamp);
                      computeTradeExecution(recoveredOrder, 1, 1, 0, inTransfer, outTransfer);
                      // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                      assembly {
                          mem := sub(mload(0x40), mem)
                      }
                  }
                  function executeInteractionsTest(
                      GPv2Interaction.Data[] calldata interactions
                  ) external {
                      executeInteractions(interactions);
                  }
                  function freeFilledAmountStorageTest(bytes[] calldata orderUids) external {
                      this.freeFilledAmountStorage(orderUids);
                  }
                  function freePreSignatureStorageTest(bytes[] calldata orderUids) external {
                      this.freePreSignatureStorage(orderUids);
                  }
              }
              // SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-or-later
              pragma solidity ^0.7.6;
              pragma abicoder v2;
              import "../libraries/GPv2Interaction.sol";
              contract GPv2InteractionTestInterface {
                  // solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
                  receive() external payable {}
                  function executeTest(GPv2Interaction.Data calldata interaction) external {
                      GPv2Interaction.execute(interaction);
                  }
                  function selectorTest(GPv2Interaction.Data calldata interaction)
                      external
                      pure
                      returns (bytes4)
                  {
                      return GPv2Interaction.selector(interaction);
                  }
              }